QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 19, 2006

Registration No. 333-136444



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

  8711
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

  14-1951112
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)


2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300
Anaheim, California 92806
(800) 424-9144
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

Win Westfall
Chief Executive Officer
2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300
Anaheim, California 92806
(800) 424-9144
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

Copies to:

James J. Scheinkman, Esq.
Steven D. Pidgeon, Esq.
Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
600 Anton Boulevard, Suite 1400
Costa Mesa, California 92626
Telephone: (714) 427-7000
Fax: (714) 427-7799
  Richard A. Boehmer, Esq.
O'Melveny & Myers LLP
400 S. Hope Street
Los Angeles, California 90071
Telephone: (213) 430-6643
Fax: (213) 430-6407

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of Security To be
Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)


Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   $32,200,000   $3,446(3)

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price, including the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over- allotments, if any.

(3)
The Registrant has previously paid $3,077.

        The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), shall determine.




The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where any such offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS  (Subject to Completion)

Dated September 19, 2006

2,800,000 Shares

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

        Willdan Group, Inc. is offering 2,000,000 shares of its common stock, and a selling stockholder is offering 800,000 shares of common stock. We estimate we will use approximately $5.9 million of the net proceeds of this offering to fund the final S Corporation distribution to our existing stockholders, of which approximately $3.2 million will be distributed to our officers, directors and other significant employees. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

        This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share.

        We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "WLDN".

        Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9.

 
  Price to Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

  Proceeds to
Willdan Group

  Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholder

Per Share   $     $     $     $  
Total   $     $     $     $  

        We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 420,000 shares to cover over-allotments.

        The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on                        , 2006.

Wedbush Morgan Securities

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2006



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   9
Forward-Looking Statements   20
Market and Industry Data   20
Use of Proceeds   21
Dividend Policy   22
Capitalization   23
Dilution   24
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data   25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   28
Business   41
Management   58
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions   70
Principal and Selling Stockholders   71
Description of Capital Stock   72
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   75
Underwriting   76
Legal Matters   80
Experts   80
Where You Can Find More Information   80
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1

        We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9, and the consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements, before making an investment decision.

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

Overview

        We are a leading provider of outsourced services to small and mid-sized public agencies in California and other western states. Outsourcing enables these agencies to provide a wide range of specialized services, without having to incur and maintain the overhead necessary to develop staffing in-house. We provide a broad range of services to public agencies, including:

        We operate our business through a network of over 20 offices located throughout California and other western states and have a staff of 657 as of June 30, 2006 that includes licensed engineers and other professionals. Our core clients are public agencies in communities with populations ranging from 10,000 to 300,000 people. We believe communities of this size are underserved by large private sector outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector. We seek to establish a close working relationship with our public agency clients and, over time, to expand the breadth and depth of the services we provide to them.

        While we currently serve communities throughout the country, our business is concentrated in California and neighboring states. We provide services to approximately 60% of the 478 cities and over 60% of the 58 counties in California. We also serve special districts, school districts and other public agencies.

Market Opportunity

        As the population of the United States continues to grow, cities, counties and local agencies face the increased challenges of building the infrastructure and providing the services required by their growing constituencies. These entities increasingly are turning to privatization as a way to supplement their in-house ability to deliver services.

        Much of the western United States, particularly in California, is characterized by strong county governments that oversee large tracts of land. Beginning in the 1960's, cities and towns in California began to contract for governmental services, such as police and fire, from the counties in which they were located. Over time, this form of outsourcing extended to private companies, which provided ready access to expertise, without the corresponding financial commitment to the hiring of permanent staff. Today the privatization of services is particularly well established in California and the western United States, where hundreds of communities currently utilize contract services.

        Conversely, we believe that much of the northeastern, midwestern and southern sections of the United States were developed by the creation of densely populated, major urban areas that are

1



surrounded by small towns, villages and cities, many of which chose to establish their own governmental operations, and provide discrete police, fire, building and safety, public works and other services to their constituents. As the infrastructure in these communities deteriorates, we believe outsourcing to the private sector will become a logical alternative to developing in-house expertise and staffing to rehabilitate the existing public infrastructure.

        We believe the market for privatized governmental services is being driven by a number of factors, including:


Competitive Strengths

        Founded over 40 years ago, we have a well-established track record of providing a wide range of privatized services to the public sector. We have developed the experience base, professional staff and support technology and software necessary to quickly and effectively respond to the needs of our clients. We believe we have developed a reputation within our industry as problem solvers across a broad range of client issues. Some of our competitive strengths include:

        Quality of Service.    We pride ourselves on the quality of service that we provide to our clients. The work that we compete for is awarded primarily based on the company's qualifications, rather than the fees proposed. We believe that our service levels, experience and expertise satisfy even the most rigorous qualification standards.

        Broad range of services.    As the needs of our public sector clients have evolved, we have developed service capabilities complementary to our core engineering business, including building and safety services, financial and economic services, planning services, geotechnical services, code enforcement services and, most recently, disaster planning and homeland security services. Further, we have developed the capability to deliver multiple services in a cohesive manner to better serve our client communities as a whole.

        Strategic locations in key markets.    Local agencies want professionals that understand their local needs. We deliver our services through a network of over 20 offices dispersed throughout the western United States. Each of our offices is staffed with quality professionals, including former management level public sector employees, such as planners, engineers, inspectors, and police and fire department personnel. These professionals understand the local and regional markets in which they work. In addition, we operate in some of the fastest growing states, counties and cities in the United States.

        Strong, long-term client relationships.    We have developed strong relationships with our public agency clients, some of whom we have worked with for over 25 years.

        Experienced, talented, and motivated employees.    Our staff consists of seasoned professionals with a broad array of specialties, and a strong customer service orientation. Our executive officers have an average of more than 25 years of experience in or supporting the public sector.

2



Key Business Strategies

        We intend to pursue the following strategies to increase our revenue and market share and profitably expand our business:

        Continue to focus on small to mid-sized public agencies.    We focus on providing our services to small to mid-sized municipalities, counties, special districts and other public agencies and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. We believe that these markets are underserved by large outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector.

        Provide new service offerings and cross-sell existing services.    We intend to continue to expand our service offerings and to cross-sell additional services to existing clients. A recent example is the creation of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, to provide homeland security and public safety consulting services to our core client base of local and regional public agencies.

        Expand our business geographically.    We have identified several high-growth regions in the United States, particularly in the Sunbelt, where we intend to pursue expansion of our business. We recently began serving communities in Colorado and Utah and have opened offices in the states of Washington and Florida to capitalize on growth opportunities in these areas. We intend to explore entering new markets through new office openings with key hires and through strategic acquisitions.

        Continue to attract and retain valuable employees.    We believe we are able to attract and retain valuable employees as a result of having developed a strong reputation for providing quality services to our public agency clients. We will continue to seek to make key hires, individually and through acquisitions, to facilitate both geographic expansion and new service offerings.

Risk Factors

        An investment in our common stock involves risks. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" for a discussion of the factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. These risks include, among other things:

Our Corporate Information

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and commenced our present business in May 1964. Our principal executive offices are located at 2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300, Anaheim, California 92806. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is (800) 424-9144, and our main corporate website is www.willdangroup.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

        Prior to this offering, we were taxed as an S Corporation for purposes of federal and state income taxes. As such, each of our stockholders has been required to include his or her portion of our taxable income or loss on his or her federal and state income tax returns. Effective upon completion of this

3



offering, our S Corporation status will terminate and we will thereafter be subject to federal and increased state income taxes.

        We own, have rights to, or have applied for the service marks and trade names that we use in conjunction with our business, including Willdan, MuniFinancial, Arroyo Geotechnical, and our Willdan Group logo. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

        We operate and report financial results on a fiscal year of 52 or 53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to December 31. Accordingly, a reference to "fiscal 2005" in this prospectus, for example, refers to the 12-month period ended December 30, 2005. The only 53-week fiscal year in the last five years was fiscal year 2003. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Willdan Group," the "company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to Willdan Group, Inc., its subsidiaries, and its predecessor company, The Willdan Group of Companies.

4


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by Willdan Group, Inc.   2,000,000 shares

Common stock offered by selling stockholder

 

   800,000 shares
 
Total

 

2,800,000 shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

6,712,640 shares

Over-allotment option offered by Willdan Group, Inc.

 

   420,000 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to fund our estimated final S Corporation distribution to our existing stockholders, some of whom are our officers, directors and significant employees, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including possible acquisitions. We estimate that approximately $5.9 million of the net proceeds of this offering will be distributed as part of the final S Corporation distribution, of which approximately $3.2 million will be distributed to our officers, directors and significant employees. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. See "Use of Proceeds" for more information, including the amount of the estimated final S Corporation distribution to be received by each of our officers, directors and significant employees.

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

 

"WLDN"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 4,712,640 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and excludes up to (i) an aggregate of 600,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and (ii) an aggregate of 280,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants we will issue to Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. upon completion of this offering. There currently are no outstanding stock options or other rights to acquire shares of our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, we plan to issue options to acquire an aggregate of 20,000 shares to certain executive officers. See "Management—Executive Compensation."

        Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all information contained in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters' over-allotment option will not be exercised.

5


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial and other data on a historical and as adjusted basis and certain pro forma information to reflect our conversion from an S Corporation to a C Corporation for tax purposes.

        You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with our consolidated historical financial statements and notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005 and the historical consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical consolidated balance sheet data as of January 2, 2004 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, audited by KPMG LLP that are not included in this prospectus. The historical consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and the historical consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005 and June 30, 2006 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, the historical consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and the historical consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005 and June 30, 2006 include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the data set forth therein. Our results of operations for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for the full fiscal year.

6


 
   
   
   
  Fiscal Six Months Ended
 
  Fiscal Year
 
  July 1,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Historical Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:                              

Contract revenues

 

$

54,485

 

$

58,263

 

$

67,263

 

$

32,581

 

$

38,093

Direct costs of contract revenues

 

 

23,209

 

 

23,209

 

 

27,192

 

 

13,582

 

 

14,886
General and administrative expenses:                              
  Stock-based compensation             2,002        
  Litigation accrual             2,686        
  All other general and administrative     28,006     30,957     35,393     16,901     20,348
   
 
 
 
 
    Total general and administrative expenses     28,006     30,957     40,081     16,901     20,348
   
 
 
 
 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

3,270

 

 

4,097

 

 

(10

)

 

2,098

 

 

2,859

Other income (expense)

 

 

(365

)

 

(278

)

 

(619

)

 

(151

)

 

1,944

Net income (loss)

 

 

2,852

 

 

3,772

 

 

(646

)

 

1,929

 

 

4,765

Pro Forma Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma provision for income taxes(1)

 

$

1,162

 

$

1,528

 

$

549

 

$

779

 

$

1,021
Pro forma net income (loss)(2)   $ 1,743   $ 2,291   $ (1,178 ) $ 1,168   $ 3,782
Pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted   $ 0.48   $ 0.63   $ (0.29 ) $ 0.31   $ 0.80
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     3,633,000     3,653,000     3,994,000     3,758,000     4,712,000

Other Operating Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

 

$

4,154

 

$

5,163

 

$

5,951

 

$

2,629

 

$

3,647
Revenue per employee(4)   $ 113   $ 118   $ 125   $ 62   $ 66
Employee headcount at period end     451     508     599     573     657
 
  Historical
  June 30, 2006
 
  January 2,
2004

  December 31,
2004

  December 30,
2005

  Historical
(unaudited)

  As Adjusted(5)
(unaudited)

 
  (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                              
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 498   $ 266   $ 3,066   $ 119   $ 11,319
Working capital     5,199     7,195     9,421     11,529     20,291
Total assets     21,460     23,223     32,797     36,085     47,285
Total indebtedness     5,033     3,543     1,858     2,660     2,660
Total redeemable common stock     8,661     11,477     14,660     17,109    
Total stockholders' equity                     25,509

(1)
Reflects combined federal and state income taxes on a pro forma basis, as if we had been taxed as a C Corporation, using an effective tax rate of 40%.

(2)
Reflects historical income (loss) before income taxes less the pro forma provision for income taxes.

7


(3)
Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure used by our management to measure our operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus net interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, loss (gains) on sales of assets, accrued expenses related to a litigation matter and a one-time stock-based compensation expense, less proceeds from life insurance policies carried on our former chief executive officer. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from those of many companies reporting similarly named measures. This measure should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, such as operating income and net income. We believe Adjusted EBITDA enables management to separate non-recurring income and expense items from our results of operations to provide a more normalized and consistent view of operating performance on a period-to-period basis. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our performance for, among other things, budgeting, forecasting and incentive compensation purposes. We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors, research analysts, investment bankers and lenders because it removes from our operational results the impact of certain non-recurring income and expense items, which may facilitate comparison of our results from period to period.


Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized term under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of operating performance or any other GAAP measure.


The following is a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
  Fiscal Six
Months Ended

 
 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  July 1,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Net income (loss)   $ 2,852   $ 3,772   $ (646 ) $ 1,929   $ 4,765  

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

(2

)

 

(19

)

 

(1

)

 

(27

)

Interest expense

 

 

366

 

 

272

 

 

630

 

 

166

 

 

411

 

Income tax provision

 

 

53

 

 

47

 

 

17

 

 

18

 

 

38

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

865

 

 

1,056

 

 

1,257

 

 

523

 

 

723

 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

 

 

19

 

 

18

 

 

24

 

 

(6

)

 

(13

)

Life insurance proceeds

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

(2,250

)

Litigation accrual

 

 


 

 


 

 

2,686

 

 


 

 


 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 


 

 


 

 

2,002

 

 


 

 


 
   
 
 
 
 
 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

4,154

 

$

5,163

 

$

5,951

 

$

2,629

 

$

3,647

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
(4)
Reflects contract revenues, excluding revenue related to reimbursement of subconsultants and other costs, divided by the average number of full-time equivalent employees during the period.

(5)
Gives effect to the offering of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share (the mid-point of the IPO price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus), less the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the application of $5.9 million of the net proceeds from this offering to make the estimated final distribution to our stockholders as a result of the termination of our S Corporation status and the recognition of a net deferred tax liability of $2.8 million resulting from the termination of our S Corporation status, as if each had occurred as of June 30, 2006.

8



RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually materializes, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. The trading price of our common stock could decline as a result of any of these risks, and you might lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. You should read the section entitled "Forward-Looking Statements" immediately following these risk factors for a discussion of what types of statements are forward-looking statements, as well as the significance of such statements in the context of this prospectus.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

A downturn in public and private sector construction activity in the regions we serve may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        A downturn in construction activity in our geographic service areas may affect demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations and our financial condition. During fiscal year 2005, a majority of our contract revenues were generated by services rendered to public agencies in connection with private and public sector construction projects.

        Our business, financial condition and results of operations may also be adversely affected by conditions that impact the construction sector in general, including, among other things:

        Any of these factors could adversely affect the demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in the local and regional economies of California could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Adverse economic and other conditions affecting the local and regional economies of California may reduce the demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. During fiscal year 2005, approximately 85% of our contract revenue was derived from services rendered to public agencies in California. From 1991 to 1996, California experienced an economic downturn that had a negative impact on the construction and

9



development sectors. This economic downturn caused us to experience cash flow difficulties and substantial operating losses.

Reductions in state and local government budgets could negatively impact their capital spending and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our state and local government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them from funding new or existing projects. In addition, existing and potential clients may either postpone entering into new contracts or request price concessions. If we are not able to reduce our costs quickly enough to respond to the revenue decline from these clients that may occur, our operating results would be adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability to accurately forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas that may be adversely impacted by market conditions.

Legislation may be enacted that limits the ability of state, regional or local agencies to contract for our privatized services. Such legislation would affect our ability to obtain new contracts and may decrease the demand for our services.

        Legislation is proposed periodically, particularly in California, that attempts to limit the ability of governmental agencies to contract with private consultants to provide services. Should such legislation pass and be upheld, demand for our services may be materially adversely affected. During 2005, approximately 85% of our contract revenue was derived from services rendered to public agencies in California. While attempts at such legislation have failed in the past, as the composition of California's legislative body changes over time there is an increased risk that measures could be adopted in the future that limit the market for privatized services.

State and other public employee unions may prevail in pending or future litigation which seeks to limit the ability of public agencies to contract with private firms to perform government employee functions in the area of public improvements. Judicial determinations in favor of these unions could affect our ability to compete for contracts and may have an adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

        Over at least the last 20 years, state and other public employee unions have challenged the validity of propositions, legislation, charters and other government regulations that allow public agencies to contract with private firms to provide services in the fields of engineering, design and construction of public improvements that might otherwise be provided by public employees. These challenges could have the affect of eliminating, or severely restricting, the ability of municipalities to hire private firms for the purpose of designing and constructing public improvements, and otherwise require them to use union employees to perform the services.

        Presently before the California Supreme Court is the case Professional Engineers in California Government, et al. v. Jeff Morales, et al. in which Professional Engineers in California Government, or PECG, a union representing state civil service employees, is challenging whether Proposition 35, which allows state agencies to use private contractors to perform architectural and engineering services on public works, effected an implied repeal or amendment of existing statutes to the extent that they limit the ability of the State of California Department of Transportation, or Caltrans, to hire private contractors to perform such services on public works. PECG has been challenging Caltrans' hiring of private firms since 1986, and in 2002 began this judicial challenge of Caltrans' hiring practices based on Caltrans' interpretation of the affect of Proposition 35. In the event that PECG is successful in its challenge and as a result the ability of state agencies to hire private firms is severely limited, such a decision would likely lead to additional litigation challenging the ability of the state, counties, municipalities and other public agencies to hire private engineering, architectural and other firms, the outcomes of which could affect our ability to compete for contracts and may have an adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

10



Changes in elected or appointed officials could have a material adverse effect on our ability to retain an existing contract with or obtain additional contracts from a public agency.

        Since the decision to retain our services is made by individuals, such as city managers, city councils and other elected or appointed officials, our business and financial results or condition could be adversely affected by the results of local and regional elections. A change in the individuals responsible for selecting consultants for and awarding contracts on behalf of a public agency due to an election could adversely affect our ability to retain an existing contract with or obtain additional contracts from such public agency.

Fixed price contracts under which we perform some of our services impose risks to our ability to maintain or grow our profitability.

        In fiscal year 2005, approximately 13% of our contract revenue was derived from fixed-price contracts. Under fixed price contracts, we perform services under a contract at a stipulated price which protects clients but exposes us to a greater number of risks than time-and-materials and unit-based contracts. These risks include:

        The occurrence of any such risk could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Because we primarily provide services to municipalities and other public agencies, we are more susceptible to the unique risks associated with government contracts.

        We primarily work for municipalities and other public agencies. Consequently, we are exposed to certain risks associated with government contracting, any one of which can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. These risks include:

11


Changes in the perceived risk of acts of terrorism or natural disasters could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our American Homeland Solutions business.

        If there is a significant decrease in the perceived risk of the likelihood that one or more acts of terrorism will be conducted in the United States, or a significant decrease in the perceived risk of the occurrence of natural disasters, our ability to grow and generate revenue through American Homeland Solutions, or AHS, could be negatively affected. AHS provides training and consulting services to local and regional agencies related to preparing for and responding to incidents of terrorism and natural disaster. Should the perceived risk of such incidence decline, federal and state funding for homeland security and emergency preparedness could be reduced which might decrease demand for our services and have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to grow and compete in our industry will be hampered if we are unable to retain the continued service of our key professionals or to identify, hire and retain additional qualified professionals.

        A critical factor to our business is our ability to attract and retain qualified professionals. We are continually at risk of losing current professionals or being unable to hire additional professionals as needed. If we are unable to attract new qualified employees, our ability to grow will be adversely affected. If we are unable to retain current employees, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. We would also be increasing our competition, as former employees pose the greatest threat of significant competition to our business.

The loss of certain of our key executives could adversely affect our business, including our ability to secure and complete engagements and attract and retain employees.

        We do not have an employment agreement with or maintain key man life insurance on Win Westfall, our President and Chief Executive Officer, or Richard Kopecky, the President and Chief Executive Officer of our largest subsidiary, Willdan. Our success is highly dependent upon the efforts, talents, abilities, marketing skills and operational execution of these and other key managers. If we lose the services of Mr. Westfall or Mr. Kopecky or any other key executive we may be less likely to secure or complete contracts and to attract and retain additional employees.

The recent death of Dan Heil, our former chief executive officer and a co-founder, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Dan W. Heil was a co-founder of our company and our chief executive officer from its inception (except for the period of July 1993 through October 1995). He recently passed away unexpectedly. Just prior to Mr. Heil's death, and at his recommendation, our Board of Directors elected Win Westfall to succeed Mr. Heil. Mr. Westfall has been affiliated with our company since 1998, first as our regional manager for Northern California and for the past two years as a senior vice president of corporate relations. Although we transitioned smoothly to a new chief executive officer, no assurance can be given that Mr. Westfall will be able to continue to successfully implement our strategic business plan or continue to foster our corporate culture.

We operate in a highly fragmented industry, and we may not be able to compete effectively with our larger competitors.

        The market for services in the engineering, municipal consulting, public finance consulting, geotechnical, homeland security and other technical services industries is competitive and highly fragmented. Contract awards are based primarily on quality of service, relevant experience, staffing capabilities, reputation, geographic presence, stability and price. Some of our competitors in certain service areas have more personnel and greater financial, technical and marketing resources than us. With regard to engineering related services, which represents approximately 85% of our fiscal 2005

12



contract revenue, our competitors include many larger consulting firms such as TetraTech, Inc., Stantec, Inc., and Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc. In certain public finance consulting services, we may compete with large accounting firms, such as Ernst & Young LLP. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully in the future with these or other competitors.

Our services may expose us to liability in excess of our current insurance coverage, which may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

        Our services involve significant risks of professional and other liabilities, which may substantially exceed the fees we derive from our services. In addition, from time to time, we assume liabilities as a result of indemnification provisions contained in our service contracts. We cannot predict the magnitude of these potential liabilities.

        We currently maintain general liability insurance, with coverage in the amount of $1.0 million per occurrence, subject to a $2.0 million general aggregate limit; and professional liability insurance, with $5.0 million in coverage per claim, and a $10.0 million annual aggregate limit. We also carry excess coverage of an additional $9.0 million for general liability claims. Claims may be made against us that exceed these limits. In 2002, we experienced two claims against our professional liability insurance that exceeded by $3.1 million the aggregate annual limit of our coverage, which at that time was $5.0 million. We are liable to pay claims from our assets if and when the aggregate settlement or judgment amount exceeds our policy limits. We recently were awarded approximately $1.0 million on a claim for indemnity, recovering the settlement amount and interest thereon and attorney fees and costs related to one of the 2002 claims. This award will replenish the 2002 aggregate limits of our professional liability policy. The other 2002 judgment is under appeal.

        Our professional liability policy is a "claims made" policy. Thus, only claims made during the term of the policy are covered. If we terminate our professional liability policy and do not obtain retroactive coverage, we would be uninsured for claims made after termination even if these claims are based on events or acts that occurred during the term of the policy. Further, our insurance may not protect us against liability because our policies typically have various exceptions to the claims covered and also require us to assume some costs of the claim even though a portion of the claim may be covered. In addition, if we expand into new markets, we may not be able to obtain insurance coverage for these new activities or, if insurance is obtained, the dollar amount of any liabilities incurred could exceed our insurance coverage. A partially or completely uninsured claim, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

The quality of our service and our ability to perform under some of our contracts would be adversely affected if qualified subconsultants are unavailable for us to engage.

        Under some of our contracts, we rely on the efforts and skills of subconsultants for the performance of some of the tasks. In fiscal year 2005, subconsultant costs comprised 6.6% of our contract revenue. The absence of qualified subconsultants with whom we have a satisfactory relationship could adversely affect the quality of our service offerings and therefore our financial results.

We may not be able to maintain or accelerate our current growth rate, effectively manage our expanding operations or achieve planned growth on a timely or profitable basis.

        Our employee headcount and volume of operations have grown rapidly over the past five years. This rapid growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our management and on our administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. During fiscal year 2005, the number of our employees increased from 508 to 599 and has grown to 657 as of June 30, 2006. We anticipate further growth as we seek to increase the geographic scope of our client base. Our

13



success will depend in part upon the ability of our senior management to manage an expanding array of engineering, public finance consulting, homeland security consulting and technical services. We must continue to hire, train, manage and integrate a significant number of qualified engineers and other technical and professional personnel to continue to grow. If our new employees perform poorly or if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating new employees, or retaining these or our existing employees, our business may suffer.

        Additionally, to manage our expected continued growth of our employee headcount and volume of operations, we will need to continue to improve our information technology infrastructure and our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures, and manage expanded operations in geographically distributed locations. Our expected additional headcount and capital investment will increase our costs, which will make it more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the short term. If we fail to successfully manage our growth we will be unable to successfully execute our business plan.

Potential future acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our financial results.

        As part of our business strategy, we intend to consider acquisitions of companies that are complementary to our business. Appropriate acquisitions could allow us to expand into new geographical locations, offer new services, or acquire additional talent. Accordingly, our future performance will be impacted by our ability to identify appropriate businesses to acquire, negotiate favorable terms for such acquisitions and then effectively and efficiently integrate such acquisitions into our existing businesses. There is no certainty that we will succeed in such endeavors.

        Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:


        Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairment in the future that could harm our financial results. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing convertible debt or equity securities, our existing stockholders may be diluted, which could lower the market price of our common stock. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of amounts that we anticipate.

14


If we fail to comply with the requirements imposed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

        Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007, we will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting. In order to achieve compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley within the prescribed period, we will need to engage in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which will be both costly and challenging. We can provide no assurance as to our conclusions or those of our independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. There is a risk that neither we nor our independent auditors will be able to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. Moreover, the costs to comply with the provisions of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, as presently in effect, could be significant.

        In addition, during the course of testing the design and effectiveness of our internal controls, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to allow for unqualified reports from our management and our independent registered public accounting firm. Furthermore, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

        We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the Nasdaq Global Market, have imposed various new requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, rules and regulations for public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

        We anticipate that our current cash, cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities and funds available through our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for general corporate purposes during the next 12 months. It is possible, however, that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, which include the following:

15


        If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt or equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders, including those acquiring shares in this offering. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited.

Our existing stockholders will retain significant control over us following the completion of this offering, which may delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management, and as a result may hinder your ability to take advantage of a premium offer.

        The concentration of ownership of our stock may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the company or a change in our management and may adversely affect the voting or other rights of other holders of our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers will beneficially own 1,556,940 shares of common stock, or approximately 23.2% of our outstanding common stock. Of these shares, 1,020,120 shares, or approximately 15.2% of our outstanding common stock, will be owned by Linda L. Heil, a member of our board of directors. Richard Kopecky, Chief Executive Officer of Willdan, our largest subsidiary, will own 336,020 shares or approximately 5.0% of our outstanding common stock.

Risks Related to the Offering

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active market may not develop or be maintained, which could limit your ability to sell shares of our common stock.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and the initial public offering price may bear no relationship to our book value, earnings history or other established criteria of value or to the price at which the common stock will trade after the offering. There can be no assurance that an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the offering. As a result, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

The trading price of our common stock could be volatile.

        In recent years, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. The overall market and the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including:

16


Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could have a negative effect on the price of our common stock.

        Our revenues, expenses and operating results may fluctuate significantly because of a number of factors, including:

        If our operating results fluctuate significantly as a result of the above risks or any other reason, it may have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of approximately $11.2 million of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of the proceeds, with only limited information concerning management's specific intentions. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws or Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, as a result, may depress the trading price of our common stock.

        Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:

17


        The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote is necessary to amend the above provisions of our certificate of incorporation. In addition, absent approval of our board of directors, our by-laws may only be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote.

        In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

        The existence of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

We may have potential liability for shares of common stock that may have been sold in violation of federal and/or state securities laws.

        From September 2005 through January 2006, we sold an aggregate of 958,400 shares of our common stock for gross proceeds of approximately $3.6 million. The offer and sale of these shares were not registered or qualified under federal or state securities laws, and exemptions from registration and qualification provided by these securities laws may not have been available or may not have been perfected. As a result, we may be deemed to have violated the registration and qualification requirements of these securities laws with respect to the offer and sale of the common stock. To address this matter, in July 2006 we made a repurchase offer to the holders of the shares of common stock in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commissioner of the California Department of Corporations. Under the repurchase offer, we offered to repurchase from each stockholder all of his or her shares purchased during the period in question at a price equal to the original purchase price paid by such stockholder plus interest at an annual rate of 7% from the date of purchase. Although all of the stockholders elected to decline the rescission offer, which provides us with a defense to possible subsequent claims asserted under California securities laws, because federal securities laws do not expressly provide that a repurchase offer will terminate a purchaser's right to rescind a sale of stock that was not registered as required, we may continue to be potentially liable under federal securities laws.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in "Underwriting." These sales, or

18



the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have 6,712,640 shares of common stock outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of August 31, 2006. This includes the 2,800,000 shares that we and the selling stockholder are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining 3,912,640 shares, or 58.3% of our outstanding shares after this offering, will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations under federal securities laws, 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in specified instances, due to lock-up agreements between the holders of these shares and the underwriters. However, the underwriters can waive the provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time.

        In addition, we have reserved 600,000 shares for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that will become eligible for sale in the public market following the grant of options or issuance of shares to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements and the lock-up agreements. We intend to register the resale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under the forgoing plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. We have also issued warrants to the underwriters of this offering for the purchase of up to 280,000 shares. The holders of these warrants may request that we register the shares underlying the warrants. If these shares are registered, they can be freely sold in the public market upon exercise of the warrants.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

        If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by existing stockholders for their shares. As a result, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $6.65 per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, and our adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

        Other than S Corporation distributions to our stockholders, we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future.

We have entered into tax agreements with our stockholders and could become liable to reimburse our stockholders for any additional federal or state income taxes assessed against them for fiscal periods prior to the completion of this offering.

        Since 1964 we have been treated as an S Corporation for purposes of federal income taxes. Since 2001 we have also been treated as an S Corporation for purposes of state income taxes. Effective upon the completion of this offering, our S Corporation status will terminate and we will thereafter be subject to federal and increased state income taxes. In the event of an adjustment to our reported taxable income for a period or periods prior to termination of our S Corporation status, our stockholders could be liable for additional income taxes for those prior periods. Therefore, we have entered into tax indemnity agreements with each of our stockholders. Pursuant to the tax indemnity agreements, we have agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each stockholder on an after-tax basis against additional income taxes, plus interest and penalties resulting from adjustments made, as a result of a final determination made by a competent tax authority, to the taxable income we reported as an S Corporation. Such indemnification will also include any losses, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of a claim for such tax liability.

19



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

        In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "target," "projects," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these terms or other similar words. These statements are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We discuss many of the risks in greater detail under the heading "Risk Factors." Also, these forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

        In this prospectus, we include information based upon our "beliefs." In many cases, these beliefs are based solely upon the experience of management and are not supported by either internal or third party data, studies or research.


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other industry data. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

20



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $17.1 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the common stock being offered by the selling stockholder.

        We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to fund a payment of $5.9 million as the estimated final S Corporation distribution to stockholders who were stockholders immediately prior to this offering, including some of our officers, directors and significant employees, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the financing of acquisitions of complementary businesses or services. We currently have no agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions. We have estimated the final S Corporation distribution based on our results of operations through June 30, 2006. The estimated final S Corporation distribution may vary based on our actual results of operations through the completion of this offering.

        The following executive officers, directors and significant employees will receive a portion of the estimated final S Corporation distribution paid from the net proceeds of this offering proportionate to their percentage ownership of our common stock:

Officers, Directors and Significant Employees

  Position
  Estimated Final
S Corporation
Distribution

Win Westfall   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors   $ 1,000

Richard Kopecky

 

Senior Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Willdan subsidiary

 

 

421,000

Linda L. Heil

 

Director

 

 

2,279,000

W. Tracy Lenocker

 

Director

 

 

250,000

Frank G. Tripepi

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of MuniFinanical subsidiary

 

 

150,000

Ross Khiabani

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of Arroyo Geotechnical subsidiary

 

 

69,000

Kenneth L. Bayless

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of American Homeland Solutions subsidiary

 

 

17,000

        For more information on these individuals, see "Management—Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees".

        Pending any use as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

21



DIVIDEND POLICY

        Historically, due to our status as an S Corporation, we have distributed annually to our stockholders an amount equal to approximately 40% of the prior year's taxable income. We generally have not distributed the remaining portion of our taxable income. During fiscal years 2004 and 2005, we made distributions of approximately $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. In April 2006, we made a distribution of approximately $2.3 million relating to taxable income for fiscal year 2005. From the proceeds of this offering, we estimate that we will distribute an additional $5.9 million to our stockholders as a final distribution resulting from the termination of our S Corporation status. The estimated final S Corporation distribution consists of estimated taxes payable by our stockholders related to our 2006 results of operations and the cumulative undistributed taxable income. We have estimated the final S Corporation distribution based on our results of operations through June 30, 2006. The estimated final S Corporation distribution may vary based on our actual results of operations through the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we will automatically convert to a C Corporation.

        Except for the S Corporation distributions noted above, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. Any future decision to declare and pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors, after taking into account our financial results, capital requirements and other factors they may deem relevant.

22



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, outstanding debt, total redeemable common stock and stockholders' equity as of June 30, 2006 on an actual and as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share (the midpoint of the initial public offering price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds," including the estimated final S Corporation distribution.

        This table should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Use of Proceeds" and "Description of Capital Stock" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 30, 2006
 
 
  Actual
  As Adjusted(1)
 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 119,000   $ 11,319,000  
   
 
 

Capitalization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Revolving line of credit(2)   $ 1,319,000   $ 1,319,000  
  Long-term debt, including current portion     814,000     814,000  
  Capital lease obligations, including current portion     527,000     527,000  
   
 
 
    Total outstanding debt     2,660,000     2,660,000  
   
 
 

Redeemable common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common stock, $0.01 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized and 4,713,000 shares issued and outstanding     47,000      
  Receivable from stockholders     (38,000 )    
  Additional paid-in capital     7,994,000      
  Retained earnings     9,106,000      
   
 
 
    Total redeemable common stock     17,109,000      
   
 
 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding          
  Common stock, $0.01 par value: 40,000,000 shares authorized and 6,713,000 shares issued and outstanding         67,000  
  Receivable from stockholders         (38,000 )
  Additional paid-in capital         25,074,000  
  Retained earnings         406,000  
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity         25,509,000  
   
 
 
      Total capitalization   $ 19,769,000   $ 28,169,000  
   
 
 

(1)
Gives effect to the offering of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share (the mid-point of the IPO price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus), less the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the application of $5.9 million of the net proceeds from this offering to make the estimated final distribution to our stockholders as a result of the termination of our S Corporation status and the recognition of a net deferred tax liability of $2.8 million resulting from the termination of our S Corporation status, as if each had occurred on June 30, 2006.

(2)
As of August 31, 2006, no advances are outstanding under our revolving line of credit.

        The above table excludes (i) an aggregate of 280,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants we will issue to Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. upon completion of this offering, and (ii) an aggregate of up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock reserved and available for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. No options have been granted nor shares purchased pursuant to such plans. Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to grant an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock to each of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock. Each option shall be fully vested upon the date of grant and shall expire two years from the date of grant.

23



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of common stock you pay and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006 was $14.1 million, or $2.99 per share of common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by calculating the total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets and total liabilities, and dividing by the number of shares of common stock outstanding.

        Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by new investors who purchase shares in this offering and the adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. As of June 30, 2006, after giving effect to this offering, the application of the estimated net proceeds to us in this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds," including the payment of our estimated final S Corporation distribution to our existing stockholders, some of whom are our officers, directors and significant employees, and the recognition of a net deferred tax liability of $2.8 million resulting from the termination of our S Corporation status, our adjusted net tangible book value would have been $22.5 million, or $3.35 per share. The assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share (the mid-point of the initial public offering price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus) exceeds $3.35 per share, which is the adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.36 per share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $6.65 per share to new investors in the offering. The table below illustrates this per share dilution as of June 30, 2006:

Initial public offering price per share         $ 10.00
  Net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006   $ 2.99      
  Increase attributable to this offering   $ 0.36      
   
     
Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering         $ 3.35
         
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors         $ 6.65
         

        The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2006, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by:

        The calculations are based upon total consideration given by new and existing stockholders, before any deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing stockholders   4,712,640   70.2 % $ 8,003,000   28.6 % $ 1.70
New investors   2,000,000   29.8 % $ 20,000,000   71.4 % $ 10.00
   
 
 
 
     
Total   6,712,640   100 % $ 28,003,000   100 % $ 4.17
   
 
 
 
     

        The above table excludes (i) an aggregate of 280,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants we will issue to Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. upon completion of this offering, and (ii) an aggregate of up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock reserved and available for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. No options have been granted nor shares purchased pursuant to such plans. Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to grant an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock to each of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock. Each option shall be fully vested upon the date of grant and shall expire two years from the date of grant.

24



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial and other data on a historical basis and certain pro forma information to reflect our conversion from an S Corporation to a C Corporation for income tax purposes.

        You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with our consolidated historical financial statements and notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005 and the historical consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 28, 2001, December 27, 2002, and January 2, 2004 and the consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years 2001 and 2002 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, audited by KPMG, LLP that are not included in this prospectus. The historical consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and the historical consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005 and June 30, 2006 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, the historical consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and the historical consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005 and June 30, 2006, include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein. Our results of operations for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for the full fiscal year.

25


 
   
   
   
   
   
  Fiscal Six Months Ended
 
 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  July 1,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)

 
Historical Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:                                            
Contract revenues   $ 45,434   $ 48,778   $ 54,485   $ 58,263   $ 67,263   $ 32,581   $ 38,093  
Direct costs of contract revenues:                                            
  Salaries and wages     12,477     13,211     14,522     15,623     20,918     10,106     12,158  
  Production expenses     1,378     1,318     1,327     1,211     1,815     791     768  
  Subconsultant services     5,518     5,781     7,360     6,375     4,459     2,685     1,960  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total direct costs of contract revenues     19,373     20,310     23,209     23,209     27,192     13,582     14,886  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses:                                            
  Salaries and wages, payroll taxes, employee benefits     13,875     15,649     17,473     19,711     22,720     10,966     13,045  
  Facilities     2,859     3,096     3,466     3,267     3,481     1,679     1,863  
  Stock-based compensation                     2,002          
  Depreciation and amortization     1,035     844     865     1,056     1,257     523     723  
  Litigation accrual                     2,686          
  Other     5,470     6,490     6,202     6,923     7,935     3,733     4,717  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total general and administrative expenses     23,239     26,079     28,006     30,957     40,081     16,901     20,348  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on impairment of goodwill         353                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Income (loss) from operations     2,822     2,036     3,270     4,097     (10 )   2,098     2,859  
Other income (expense):                                            
  Interest expense     (774 )   (496 )   (366 )   (272 )   (630 )   (166 )   (411 )
  Other, net     24         1     (6 )   11     15     2,355  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total other income (expense)     (750 )   (496 )   (365 )   (278 )   (619 )   (151 )   1,944  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Income (loss) before income taxes     2,072     1,540     2,905     3,819     (629 )   1,947     4,803  
Income tax provision     47     34     53     47     17     18     38  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Net income (loss)   $ 2,025   $ 1,506   $ 2,852   $ 3,772   $ (646 ) $ 1,929   $ 4,765  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share, basic and diluted(1)   $ 0.56   $ 0.42   $ 0.79   $ 1.03   $ (0.16 ) $ 0.51   $ 1.01  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)     3,622,000     3,566,000     3,633,000     3,653,000     3,994,000     3,758,000     4,712,000  

S Corporation distributions per share(1)

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.50

 

Pro Forma Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Pro forma provision for income taxes(2)   $ 829   $ 616   $ 1,162   $ 1,528   $ 549   $ 779   $ 1,021  
Pro forma net income (loss)(3)   $ 1,243   $ 924   $ 1,743   $ 2,291   $ (1,178 ) $ 1,168   $ 3,782  
Pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted(1)   $ 0.34   $ 0.26   $ 0.48   $ 0.63   $ (0.29 ) $ 0.31   $ 0.80  

Other Operating Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Adjusted EBITDA(4)   $ 3,897   $ 2,896   $ 4,154   $ 5,163   $ 5,951   $ 2,629   $ 3,647  
Revenue per employee(5)   $ 102   $ 109   $ 113   $ 118   $ 125   $ 62   $ 66  
Employee headcount at period end     404     427     451     508     599     573     657  

26


 
  December 28,
2001

  December 27,
2002

  January 2,
2004

  December 31,
2004

  December 30,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
  (In thousands)

Historical Consolidated
Balance Sheet Data:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 226   $ 251   $ 498   $ 266   $ 3,066   $ 119
Working capital     2,057     2,712     5,199     7,195     9,421     11,529
Total assets     18,463     19,229     21,460     23,223     32,797     36,085
Total indebtedness     7,948     6,866     5,033     3,543     1,858     2,660
Total redeemable common stock     4,946     5,900     8,661     11,477     14,660     17,109

(1)
Per share amounts have been adjusted for a stock dividend paid on January 1, 2005 of three shares per each outstanding share.

(2)
Reflects combined federal and state income taxes on a pro forma basis, as if we had been taxed as a C Corporation, using an effective tax rate of 40%.

(3)
Reflects historical income (loss) before income taxes less the pro forma provision for income taxes.

(4)
Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure used by our management to measure our operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus net interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, loss (gains) on sales of assets, accrued expenses related to a litigation matter and a one-time stock-based compensation expense, less proceeds from life insurance policies carried on our former chief executive officer. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from those of many companies reporting similarly named measures. This measure should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, such as operating income and net income. We believe Adjusted EBITDA enables management to separate non-recurring income and expense items from our results of operations to provide a more normalized and consistent view of operating performance on a period-to-period basis. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our performance for, among other things, budgeting, forecasting and incentive compensation purposes. We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors, research analysts, investment bankers and lenders because it removes from our operational results the impact of certain non-recurring income and expense items, which may facilitate comparison of our results from period to period.

        Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized term under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of operating performance or any other GAAP measure.

        The following is a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Fiscal Six Months Ended
 
 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  July 1,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Net income (loss)   $ 2,025   $ 1,506   $ 2,852   $ 3,772   $ (646 ) $ 1,929   $ 4,765  
Interest income     (1 )   (2 )   (1 )   (2 )   (19 )   (1 )   (27 )
Interest expense     774     496     366     272     630     166     411  
Income tax provision     47     34     53     47     17     18     38  
Depreciation and amortization     1,035     844     865     1,056     1,257     523     723  
Loss (gain) on sale of assets     17     18     19     18     24     (6 )   (13 )
Life insurance proceeds                             (2,250 )
Litigation accrual                     2,686          
Stock-based compensation expense                     2,002          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 3,897   $ 2,896   $ 4,154   $ 5,163   $ 5,951   $ 2,629   $ 3,647  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
Reflects contract revenues, excluding revenue related to reimbursement of subconsultants and other costs, divided by the average number of full-time equivalent employees during the period.

27



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors."

Overview

        We are a leading provider of outsourced services to small and mid-sized public agencies in California and other western states. Outsourcing enables these agencies to provide a wide range of specialized services, without having to incur and maintain the overhead necessary to develop staffing in-house. We provide a broad range of services to public agencies, including:

        We operate our business through a network of over 20 offices located throughout California and other western states and have a staff of 657 as of June 30, 2006 that includes licensed engineers and other professionals. Our core clients are public agencies in communities with populations ranging from 10,000 to 300,000 people. We believe communities of this size are underserved by large outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector. We seek to establish close working relationships with our public agency clients and, over time, to expand the breadth and depth of the services we provide to them.

        While we currently serve communities throughout the country, our business is concentrated in California and neighboring states. We provide services to approximately 60% of the 478 cities and over 60% of the 58 counties in California. We also serve special districts, school districts and other public agencies.

        Prior to this offering, we were taxed as an S Corporation for purposes of federal and state income taxes. As a result of this offering, our S Corporation status will terminate and we will be taxed as a C Corporation under federal and state tax laws. Assuming this offering had occurred as of June 30, 2006, we would have recognized a net deferred income tax liability of $2.8 million resulting from the termination of our S Corporation status.

        Willdan Group, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed in 2006 for the purposes of effecting the reincorporation of The Willdan Group of Companies, a California corporation, formed in 2001 to serve as our holding company. The reincorporation was completed effective June 30, 2006.

        We were founded over 40 years ago, and today consist of a family of wholly owned companies that operate within the following segments for financial reporting purposes:

        Engineering Services.    Our Engineering Services segment includes the businesses of our subsidiary, Willdan, which provides engineering-related services, and our subsidiary, Arroyo Geotechnical, which provides geotechnical engineering services. The segment also includes our subsidiary, Public Agency

28



Resources (PARs), which provides staffing to Willdan. Willdan is our largest subsidiary and represents the core business of our company that was founded more than 40 years ago. Contract revenue for the Engineering Services segment represented 84.6% of our consolidated contract revenue in fiscal year 2005.

        Public Finance Services.    Our Public Finance Services segment consists of the business of our subsidiary, MuniFinancial, which offers financial and economic services to public agencies. Contract revenue for the Public Finance Services segment represented 15.3% of our consolidated contract revenue in fiscal year 2005.

        Homeland Security Services.    Our Homeland Security Services segment consists of the business of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, which offers homeland security and public safety consulting services. We formed this subsidiary in fiscal year 2005.

Recent Developments

Litigation Accrual

        We are currently involved in a dispute with the City of West Hollywood, California that arose in fiscal year 2002. This matter concerns a construction project in the City of West Hollywood for the improvement of Santa Monica Boulevard.

        In the fourth quarter of 2005, following a trial in the Los Angeles County Superior Court, the jury rendered a verdict against us and awarded damages in the amount of $6.3 million, including attorney's fees, interest and costs. As of December 30, 2005, we believed that approximately $3.2 million of the damages was covered by our professional liability insurance policy. Therefore, in fiscal year 2005, we expensed $2.7 million of this judgment and recorded related interest expense of $0.4 million. In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 30, 2005, we reflected a total liability of $6.3 million and the related receivable of $3.2 million from the insurance company.

        Our insurance company has posted bonds and retained counsel to file an appeal with respect to this matter. During the appeal process, interest will accrue on the outstanding judgment at the rate of 10% per annum. We cannot predict the outcome of this appeal process.

        In the third quarter of this year, we obtained a court ruling awarding us approximately $1.0 million on a claim for indemnity, recovering the settlement amount and interest thereon and attorney fees and costs in connection with an unrelated claim that arose in fiscal year 2002. Because the claim arose in 2002 and the settlement amount had been previously paid by our insurance policy, we will be able to replenish our insurance coverage by $1.0 million for that policy year. As a result, we have $1.0 million of additional insurance coverage available for the West Hollywood case discussed above since that claim also arose in 2002. Therefore, we expect to reflect an additional receivable of approximately $1.0 million from the insurance company in the third quarter and a corresponding reduction in the litigation accrual expense related to the West Hollywood case.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

        We have an established plan whereby selected employees, consultants, officers and directors of Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries may, at the invitation of the board of directors, purchase redeemable shares of Willdan Group, Inc.'s common stock. This plan was established to provide for continuity of management by providing ownership opportunities to those individuals who are or will be actively responsible for the continued success of the company. Our board of directors determines which individuals may purchase stock and how many shares each of these individuals may purchase. There is no vesting period. Our employees and directors own most of the shares currently. The plan and all transactions involving our common stock are governed by our stock buy/sell agreement, including the pricing of shares. Under the buy/sell agreement, the stock price is calculated using a formula that has

29



been used consistently since our inception for all purchases and re-purchases of stock. This plan and the buy/sell agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

        During fiscal year 2005, individuals purchased 953,500 shares of our redeemable common stock at a price of $3.77 per share, pursuant to awards of stock purchase rights made by our board of directors on February 9, 2005. At the time the grants were made, we had commenced a preliminary consideration of becoming a public company. Accordingly, the fiscal 2005 sales of common stock were considered to be in contemplation of this offering and the difference between the aggregate formula-based price that was paid for the stock and the aggregate fair value of the purchased shares was recorded as an expense for fiscal year 2005. The expense totaled $2.0 million and is included as stock-based compensation within general and administrative expenses. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Life Insurance Proceeds

        On May 15, 2006, our co-founder and chief executive officer, Dan W. Heil, passed away. We carried two life insurance policies on Mr. Heil. In June and July 2006, we received the cash proceeds from these two policies of approximately $2.3 million.

Acquisition of Assets

        In June 2006, our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, or AHS, acquired substantially all of the assets of VT & Associates, Inc., or VTA for $250,000. VTA developed and provided training courses to public agencies.

Components of Income and Expense

Contract Revenues

        We enter into contracts with our clients that contain three principal types of pricing provisions: fixed fee, time-and-materials and unit-based. Contract revenues on our fixed fee contracts are determined on the percentage-of-completion method based generally on the ratio of direct costs incurred to date to estimated total direct costs at completion. Many of our fixed fee contracts are relatively short in duration, thereby lowering the risks of not properly estimating the percent complete. Revenues on our time-and-materials and unit-based contracts are recognized as the work is performed in accordance with specific terms of the contract. A large percentage of our contracts are based on contractual rates per hour plus costs incurred. Some of these contracts include maximum contract prices, but the majority of these contracts are not expected to exceed the maximum.

        Adjustments to contract cost estimates are made in the periods in which the facts requiring such revisions become known. When the revised estimate indicates a loss, such loss is provided for currently in its entirety. Claims revenue is recognized only upon resolution of the claim. Change orders in dispute are evaluated as claims. Costs related to unpriced change orders are expensed when incurred and recognition of the related contract revenue is based on an evaluation of the probability of recovery of the costs. Estimated profit is recognized for unpriced change orders if realization of the expected price of the change order is assured beyond a reasonable doubt.

Direct Costs of Contract Revenues

        Direct costs of contract revenues consist primarily of that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages that has been incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues also include production expenses, subconsultant services and other expenses that are incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues exclude that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages related to marketing efforts, vacations,

30



holidays and other time not spent directly generating revenues under existing contracts. Such costs are included in general and administrative expenses. Additionally, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefit costs for all of our personnel are included in general and administrative expenses since no allocation of these costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues. No allocation of facilities costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues nor is depreciation and amortization allocated to direct costs. We expense direct costs of contract revenues when incurred.

        As a firm that provides multiple and diverse outsource services, we do not believe gross margin is a consistent or appropriate indicator of our performance and therefore we do not use this measure as construction contractors and other types of consulting firms may. Other companies may classify as direct costs of contract revenues some of the costs that we classify as general and administrative expenses. As a result, our direct costs of contract revenues may not be comparable to direct costs for other companies, either as a line item expense or as a percentage of contract revenues.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses include the costs of the marketing and support staffs, other marketing expenses, management and administrative personnel costs, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefits for all of our employees and the portion of salaries and wages not allocated to direct costs of contract revenues for those employees who provide our services. General and administrative expenses also include facility costs, depreciation and amortization, professional services, legal and accounting fees and administrative operating costs. Within general and administrative expenses, "Other" includes expenses such as professional services, legal and accounting, computer costs, travel and entertainment and marketing costs. We expense general and administrative costs when incurred.

        We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as a result. We expect that our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with the requirements of being a public company. Moreover, rules and regulations for public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Critical Accounting Policies

        This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. To prepare these financial statements in conformity with GAAP, we must make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses in the reporting period. Our actual results may differ from these estimates. We have provided a summary of our significant accounting policies in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We describe below those accounting policies that require material subjective or complex judgments and that have the most significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Our management evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis, based upon information currently available and on various assumptions management believes are reasonable as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

Contract Accounting

        Applying the percentage-of-completion method of recognizing revenues for our fixed price contracts requires us to estimate the outcome of our long-term contracts. We forecast such outcomes to the best of our knowledge and belief of current and expected conditions and our expected course of action. Differences between our estimates and actual results can occur, resulting in changes to reported revenues and earnings. Such changes could have a material effect on our future consolidated financial statements.

31


        Contract receivables are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based upon our review of all outstanding amounts on a monthly basis. We determine the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Our credit risk is minimal with governmental entities. Contract receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of contract receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

        For further information on the types of contracts under which we perform our services, see "Business—Contract Structure" elsewhere in this prospectus.

Goodwill Impairment Valuation

        Goodwill primarily represents the excess of the purchase price paid for MuniFinancial in 1999 over the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. We perform an annual review in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill is impaired. We compare the fair value of MuniFinancial to its carrying value, including goodwill. To estimate the fair value of MuniFinancial, we use a valuation approach based on a multiple of historical cash flows, management's estimates of future cash flows, and other market data. This estimate of fair value of MuniFinancial is highly subjective and is based in part on assumptions that could differ materially from actual results. If our evaluation indicates that goodwill is impaired, we perform an additional assessment to determine the extent of the impairment loss based on the implied fair value of goodwill compared with the carrying amount of the goodwill. Such an impairment loss has a direct impact on our net income because recording an impairment loss results in an immediate negative adjustment to net income. No such impairment loss has been recognized to date related to MuniFinancial. In fiscal year 2002, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.4 million relating to our acquisition WPA Traffic Engineering, Inc. in 1999 and no goodwill remains related to this acquisition.

Accounting for Claims Against the Company

        We record liabilities to claimants for probable and estimable claims on our consolidated balance sheet and record a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier for the portion of the claim that is probable of being covered by insurance. The estimated claim amount net of the amount estimated to be covered by insurance is included in our general and administrative expenses. Determining probability and estimating claim amounts is highly judgmental. Initial accruals and any subsequent changes in our estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Valuing Redeemable Common Stock

        Prior to fiscal year 2005, we recognized no compensation expense related to our book value stock purchase plan due to changes in the formula price during the employment period since the employees make a substantive investment that would be at risk for a reasonable period of time.

        Awards of book value share purchase rights granted under the purchase plan during fiscal year 2005 were considered to have been granted in contemplation of an initial public offering, and, accordingly, we recorded compensation expense for the difference between the formula value and the estimated fair value of the purchased shares at the date of the grant.

        In the evaluation of the fair value of the stock considered to be issued in contemplation of this offering, we considered our profitability and financial condition, the proximity of the issuance to the offering, intervening events, transfer restrictions and dates of purchase.

32



Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain information derived from our consolidated statements of operations expressed as a percentage of contract revenues. Amounts may not add to the totals due to rounding.

 
   
   
   
  Fiscal Six
Months Ended

 
 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  July 1,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Statement of Operations Data:                      
Contract revenues   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Direct costs of contract revenues:                      
  Salaries and wages   26.7   26.8   31.1   31.0   31.9  
  Production expenses   2.4   2.1   2.7   2.4   2.0  
  Subconsultant services   13.5   10.9   6.6   8.2   5.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total direct costs of contract revenues   42.6   39.8   40.4   41.7   39.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses:                      
  Salaries and wages, payroll taxes, employee benefits   32.1   33.8   33.8   33.7   34.2  
  Facilities   6.4   5.6   5.2   5.2   4.9  
  Stock-based compensation       3.0      
  Depreciation and amortization   1.6   1.8   1.9   1.6   1.9  
  Litigation accrual       4.0      
  Other   11.4   11.9   11.8   11.5   12.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total general and administrative expenses   51.4   53.1   59.6   51.9   53.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Income (loss) from operations   6.0   7.0     6.4   7.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense):                      
  Interest   (0.7 ) (0.5 ) (0.9 ) (0.5 ) (1.1 )
  Other, net           6.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total other income (expense)   (0.7 ) (0.5 ) (0.9 ) (0.5 ) 5.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Income (loss) before income taxes   5.3   6.6   (0.9 ) 6.0   12.6  

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

0.1

 

0.1

 


 

0.1

 

0.1

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net income (loss)   5.2 % 6.5 % (1.0 )% 5.9 % 12.5 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

        Contract revenues.    Our contract revenues were $38.1 million for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006, with $32.2 million attributable to the Engineering Services segment and $5.5 million attributable to the Public Finance Services segment. Our Homeland Security Services segment generated $0.4 million during this period. Consolidated contract revenues increased $5.5 million, or 16.9%, from $32.6 million in the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005. This was due primarily to increases of $4.2 million, or 15.0%, and $0.9 million, or 19.6%, in contract revenues of the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments, respectively. In addition, this is the first fiscal six months in which our Homeland Security Services segment, which was established in the second half of fiscal 2005, generated notable revenue. Overall headcount increased to 657 as of June 30, 2006 from 573 as of July 1, 2005, an increase of 14.7%.

        The growth in contract revenues for the Engineering Services segment is due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. To respond to this demand, our Engineering Services

33



segment increased its total headcount to 531 as of June 30, 2006 from 462 as of July 1, 2005, representing an increase of 14.9%. To respond to demand for our services in additional geographic areas of California, we opened two new satellite office locations in June and September of fiscal year 2005 in Fresno, California and Marysville, California, respectively.

        The growth in contract revenues for our Public Finance Services segment also is due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. Our Public Finance Services segment responded to increased demand for its existing services by increasing its total headcount to 79 as of June 30, 2006 from 70 as of July 1, 2005, representing an increase of 12.9%.

        Direct costs of contract revenues.    Direct costs of contract revenues were $14.9 million in the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006, with $13.2 million attributable to the Engineering Services segment and $1.5 million attributable to the Public Finance Services segment. The additional $0.2 million is attributable to direct costs of contract revenues for our Homeland Security Services segment. This represented a total increase of $1.3 million, or 9.6%, from $13.6 million in the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005. Of this total increase, direct costs of contract revenues increased $0.9 million, or 7.7%, in the Engineering Services segment and $0.2 million, or 11.5%, in the Public Finance Services segment. The remaining $0.2 million is attributable to the Homeland Security Services segment. These increases were primarily the result of the increased volume of activity that generated the increased contract revenue previously discussed for our three operating segments. Direct costs of contract revenues as a percentage of contract revenue for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 decreased to 39.1% from 41.7% for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005.

        Within direct costs of contract revenues, salaries and wages increased from 31.0% of contract revenues in the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005 to 31.9% in the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006. Comparing those same periods, subcontracted services decreased from 8.2% of contract revenues to 5.1% of contract revenues. This shift within direct costs of contract revenues is primarily due to the establishment of our subsidiary, PARs, in the second half of fiscal year 2005. PARs provides in-house staffing services to Willdan and Arroyo Geotechnical by hiring professionals that would in the past have been engaged as subconsultants or independent contractors. Numerous subconsultants whom we previously engaged as independent contractors for projects within our Engineering Services segment became employees of PARs. All contract revenues and expenses associated with the operation of PARs are included in the Engineering Services segment.

        General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased by $3.4 million, or 20.1%, to $20.3 million in the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 from $16.9 million in the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005. This was due primarily to increases of $2.1 million and $0.6 million in general and administrative expenses of the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments, respectively, resulting primarily from the growth of our business. Of the remaining $0.7 million increase, $0.2 million related to the establishment of our Homeland Security Services segment and $0.5 million is attributed to unallocated corporate expenses. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of contract revenues increased to 53.4% in the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 from 51.9% in the prior year period.

        The increases in general and administrative expenses in the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments were due primarily to increased costs related to the growth in headcount of engineers and other professionals. Employee related costs included in general and administrative expenses such as payroll taxes, employee benefits, bonuses and that portion of salaries and wages related to time not spent directly generating revenues increased by $2.1 million, or 19.0%. Facilities costs increased by $0.2 million, or 11.0%, as a result of additional needs created by the increased headcount. Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.2 million, or 38.2%, as a result of additional needs for leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment created by additional personnel. Other general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.0 million, or 26.4%. This

34



increase is primarily the result of the increased volume of our business. For example, insurance premiums, which are calculated in relation to parameters such as total contract revenues and payroll, increased by $0.2 million, or 59.7% over the same period in fiscal year 2005. In addition to cost increases attributable to growth in employee headcount, we also experienced rate increases for expenses such as insurance premiums and health insurance and other employee benefits.

        As discussed above under "—Components of Income and Expense—Direct Costs of Contract Revenues," we do not allocate the costs discussed above to direct costs of contract revenues.

        Income (loss) from operations.    As a result of the above factors, operating income was $2.9 million for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 as compared to $2.1 million for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005. Operating income as a percentage of contract revenues increased to 7.5% in the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 from 6.4% in the prior year period.

        Other income (expense).    Other income (expense), net increased by $2.1 million to $1.9 million of income in the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 from $(151,000) in the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005. This was due primarily to revenue recognized of $2.3 million for life insurance proceeds as a result of the death of our former chief executive officer and recovery of $70,000 on legal matters, partially offset by increased interest expense of $0.2 million. Interest expense increased due to $0.3 million accrued related to the West Hollywood litigation and this increase was partially offset by decreased interest as a result of lower outstanding principal balances.

        Contract revenues.    Our contract revenues were $67.3 million for fiscal year 2005, with $56.9 million attributable to Engineering Services and $10.3 million attributable to the Public Finance Services segment. This represented an increase in total contract revenues of $9.0 million, or 15.4%, from $58.3 million for fiscal year 2004. This was due primarily to increases of $8.3 million, or 17.1%, and $0.6 million, or 6.3%, in contract revenues of the Engineering Services segment and Public Finance Services segment, respectively. Overall headcount increased to 599 at the end of fiscal year 2005 from 508 at the end of fiscal year 2004, an increase of 17.9%.

        The growth in contract revenues for the Engineering Services segment was due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. To respond to this demand, our Engineering Services segment increased its total headcount to 481 as of December 30, 2005 from 404 as of December 31, 2004, an increase of 19.1%. Of the 77 employees added in fiscal year 2005, 17 were formerly subconsultants or independent contractors that became employees of our subsidiary, PARs. To respond to demand for our services in additional geographic areas of California, two new office locations were opened in fiscal year 2005 in Fresno and Marysville, California and we opened a new office in Bakersfield, California in November 2004 which did not begin generating revenue until fiscal year 2005. In response to increased demand for our services in Arizona, we expanded our office in Tucson. In addition, our geotechnical company opened its new office location, which included an expanded laboratory, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004. During fiscal year 2005, our geotechnical company increased its number of clients by over 30%, which was the primary reason for its increased contract revenues of $0.7 million, or 133.8%, for fiscal year 2005.

        The growth in contract revenues for our Public Finance Services segment also is due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. In response to this demand, our Public Finance Services segment increased its total headcount to 78 as of December 30, 2005 from 65 as of December 31, 2004, representing an increase of 20.0%.

        Direct costs of contract revenues.    Direct costs of contract revenues increased by $4.0 million, or 17.2%, to $27.2 million for fiscal year 2005 from $23.2 million for fiscal year 2004. Of this total increase, direct costs of contract revenues increased $3.6 million, or 17.4%, in the Engineering Services

35



segment and $0.3 million, or 12.0%, in the Public Finance Services segment. The remaining $0.1 million is attributable to the Homeland Security Services segment.

        Direct costs of contract revenues for fiscal year 2005 included salaries and wages resulting from the establishment in fiscal year 2005 of our subsidiary, PARs. Forming this subsidiary resulted in a shift of direct expense from subconsultant services to direct salaries and wages. In fiscal year 2004, direct salaries and wages were 26.8% of contract revenues. In fiscal year 2005, direct salaries and wages increased to 31.1% of contract revenues. In comparing the same periods, subconsultant services decreased from 10.9% of contract revenues in fiscal year 2004 to 6.6% of contract revenues in fiscal year 2005. In addition to the shift in direct expenses from subconsultant services to direct salaries and wages, we also added 40 new PARs employees between December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005. Total direct costs of contract revenues as a percentage of contract revenues of 40.4% in fiscal year 2005 was comparable to 39.8% in fiscal year 2004.

        General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased by $9.1 million, or 29.4%, to $40.1 million for fiscal year 2005 from $31.0 million for fiscal year 2004. This was due in part to $2.7 million accrued in connection with ongoing litigation, and $2.0 million in stock-based compensation expense in connection with stock issuances in fiscal year 2005, each of which is described above under "—Recent Developments." All of the stock-based compensation expense was included in unallocated general and administrative expense and the litigation accrual relates to the Engineering Services segment.

        There were other increases of $3.2 million and $0.7 million in general and administrative expenses in the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments, respectively. These additional general and administrative expenses were due primarily to increased costs related to the growth of employee headcount in both segments as discussed above. Additionally, there were increases of $0.3 million and $0.2 million in our Homeland Security Services segment and unallocated corporate expenses, respectively.

        Employee related costs included in general and administrative expenses such as payroll taxes, employee benefits, bonuses and that portion of salaries and wages related to time not spent directly generating revenues increased by $3.0 million, or 15.3%. Facilities costs increased by $0.2 million, or 6.6%. Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.2 million, or 19.0%, as a result of additional needs for leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment created by additional personnel. Other general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.0 million, or 14.6%, primarily as a result of the increased volume of our business. In addition to cost increases attributable to growth in employee headcount, we also experienced rate increases for expenses such as insurance premiums and health insurance and other employee benefits.

        Income (loss) from operations.    Primarily as a result of the stock-based compensation expense and litigation accrual discussed above, operating income (loss) decreased by $4.1 million, or 100.0%, to a $10,000 loss from operations for fiscal year 2005 from income of $4.1 million for fiscal year 2004. Operating income as a percentage of contract revenues decreased to 0% for fiscal year 2005 from 7.0% in fiscal year 2004.

        Other income (expense).    Other expense, net increased by $341,000, or 122.7%, to $619,000 for fiscal year 2005 from $278,000 for fiscal year 2004. This was due primarily to a net increase in interest expense of $358,000 resulting primarily from interest related to the litigation accrual discussed above and the effect of increasing borrowing rates due to market factors offset by the impact of decreased borrowings under our line of credit and term debt.

36



        Contract revenues.    Our contract revenues were $58.3 million for fiscal year 2004, with $48.6 million attributable to the Engineering Services segment and $9.6 million attributable to the Public Finance Services segment. This represented an increase in total contract revenues of $3.8 million, or 7.0%, from $54.5 million for fiscal year 2003. This was due primarily to increases of $3.1 million, or 6.8% in our Engineering Services segment and $0.7 million, or 7.8%, for our Public Finance Services segment. For both operating segments, these increases were primarily the result of increased demand for our existing services. Overall headcount increased to 508 at the end of fiscal year 2004 from 451 at the end of fiscal year 2003, an increase of 12.6%.

        To respond to increasing demand for services, the Engineering Services segment increased its total headcount to 404 as of December 31, 2004 from 356 as of January 2, 2004, representing an increase of 13.5%. One office, in San Bernardino, California, expanded its facility during fiscal year 2004.

        The growth in contract revenues for our Public Finance Services segment also is due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. In response to this demand, our Public Finance Services segment increased its total headcount to 65 as of December 31, 2004 from 60 as of January 2, 2004, representing an increase of 8.3%. This increase in headcount corresponds closely to the increase in contract revenues of 7.8%.

        Direct costs of contract revenues.    Direct costs of contract revenues remained constant at $23.2 million for fiscal year 2004 and fiscal year 2003. This was due primarily to a decrease of $0.1 million in direct costs of contract revenues for the Engineering Services segment offset by an increase of $0.1 million in the direct costs of contract revenues for the Public Finance Services segment. Direct costs of contract revenues as a percentage of contract revenues decreased to 39.8% for fiscal year 2004 from 42.6% for fiscal year 2003. This decrease as a percentage of contract revenues resulted partly from a decrease in our use of subconsultants, whose billings include not only what we generally classify as direct costs when we perform services but also the subconsultants' profit and their overhead.

        General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased by $3.0 million, or 10.7%, to $31.0 million for fiscal year 2004 from $28.0 million for fiscal year 2003. This was due primarily to increases of $2.4 million and $0.3 million in general and administrative expenses of the Engineering Services segment and the Public Finance Services segment, respectively, resulting primarily from the growth of our business. In addition, there was an increase of $0.3 million in unallocated corporate expenses. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of contract revenues increased to 53.1% for fiscal year 2004 from 51.4% in fiscal year 2003.

        Employee related costs included in general and administrative expenses such as payroll taxes, employee benefits, bonuses and that portion of salaries and wages related to time not spent directly generating revenues increases by $2.2 million, or 12.8%. Facilities costs decreased $0.2 million, or a decrease of 5.7%. Depreciation and amortization increased $0.2 million, or 22.1%. Other general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $0.7 million, or 11.6%, primarily as a result of the increased volume of our business and increased headcount.

        Income (loss) from operations.    As a result of the above factors, operating income increased by $0.8 million, or 24.2%, to $4.1 million for fiscal year 2004 from $3.3 million for fiscal year 2003. Operating income as a percentage of contract revenues increased to 7.0% for fiscal year 2004 from 6.0% in the prior year.

        Other income (expense).    Other expense, net decreased by $87,000, or 23.8%, to $278,000 for fiscal year 2004 from $365,000 for fiscal year 2003. This was due primarily to a decrease in interest expense

37



of $94,000 as a result of decreased borrowings under our revolving line of credit and term debt offset by increased borrowing rates due to market factors.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations, borrowings under our revolving line of credit and term loans, capital leases and sales of our common stock. We believe that cash generated by operating activities and funds available under our credit facilities will be sufficient to finance our operating activities for at least the next 12 months.

        Cash flows provided by operating activities were $1.2 million for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to $0.5 million used in operating activities for the same period in fiscal year 2005. The cash flows provided by operating activities in the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 were comparatively higher than in the same period in 2005 due primarily to the increase in the volume of our business and the collection of approximately $0.3 million of life insurance proceeds. We generally pay annual performance bonuses earned in a fiscal year in the first three months of the following year. This has the effect of substantially reducing cash from operations in the first half of the year when compared to the second half of the year. For fiscal year 2005, cash flows provided by operating activities were $4.6 million, compared to $3.9 million in fiscal year 2004 and $2.6 million for fiscal year 2003. Cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2005 were comparatively higher than in fiscal year 2004 due primarily to a $0.6 million increase in our income before income taxes before the non-cash accruals for stock-based compensation and litigation along with the related interest accrual for the litigation. Cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2004 increased by $1.3 million compared to fiscal year 2003 primarily as a result of the $1.0 million increase in our net income in fiscal year 2004 over fiscal year 2003.

        Cash flows used in investing activities were $1.9 million for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to $0.7 million for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005. Cash flows used in investing activities were $1.9 million for fiscal year 2005, as compared to $0.9 million for fiscal year 2004 and $0.6 million for fiscal year 2003. Cash flows used in investing activities for the aforementioned periods primarily related to the purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements. Fiscal year 2005 and the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 included higher than historical levels of equipment and leasehold improvements purchases due to the establishment of new office locations, the relocation of existing office facilities, including our corporate offices, and capital expenditures resulting from our overall increase in employee headcount.

        Cash flows used in financing activities were $2.3 million for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to $2.5 million provided by financing activities for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005. For fiscal year 2005, cash flows provided by financing activities were $107,000 compared to $3.2 million used in financing activities for fiscal year 2004 and $1.7 million used in financing activities for fiscal year 2003. Cash flows used in financing activities for the first fiscal six months of 2006 increased from the first fiscal six months of 2005 primarily as a result of a decrease in net borrowings of $3.4 million, an increase in distributions to stockholders of $1.0 million and the payment of $0.3 million of deferred offering costs. For fiscal years 2005 and 2004, the net increase in cash flows from financing activities of $3.2 million related primarily to an increase in proceeds from issuance of common stock of $3.0 million and decrease in payments to acquired retired stock of $0.5 million, offset by an increase in distributions to stockholders of $0.6 million. For fiscal years 2004 and 2003, the net

38


increase in cash flows used in financing activities of $1.4 million related primarily to the increase in distributions to stockholders of $0.7 million, an increase in payments to acquire retired stock of $0.4 million and a decrease in changes in the excess of outstanding checks over bank balance of $0.8 million in fiscal year 2004 compared to fiscal year 2003. These increases in cash used in financing activities from fiscal year 2003 to fiscal year 2004 were offset by an increase in proceeds from issuance of common stock of $0.2 million and a decrease in net repayments of debt of $0.2 million.

        We currently have a revolving line of credit and a term loan with a bank, as well as a note payable for a portion of the purchase price for VTA. We also finance insurance premiums by entering into notes payable with insurance companies.

        Our $8.0 million revolving line of credit had an outstanding balance of approximately $1.3 million at June 30, 2006 and outstanding advances bear interest at prime plus 0.25% (8.5% at June 30, 2006). As of August 31, 2006, no advances are outstanding under our revolving line of credit. Subject to certain conditions, $2.0 million of the line of credit may be converted to two term loans. The line of credit expires on July 31, 2007. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of our assets and is guaranteed by a principal stockholder. The line of credit includes covenants to maintain a certain level of current ratio, tangible net worth, debt to net worth ratio and minimum debt coverage. As of June 30, 2006, the amount available under the line of credit was approximately $6.7 million, and we were in compliance with all of our covenants.

        The term loan had an outstanding balance of approximately $0.4 million at June 30, 2006. This loan bears interest at prime plus 0.25% (8.5% at June 30, 2006), requires monthly installments of principal and interest of approximately $40,000, and matures on July 1, 2007. The term loan is secured by accounts receivable and equipment and is guaranteed by a principal stockholder. The term loan includes covenants to maintain a certain level of current ratio, tangible net worth, debt to net worth ratio and minimum debt coverage. At June 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all of our covenants.

        We also had a note payable with an outstanding balance of approximately $0.2 million as of June 30, 2006 for a portion of the purchase price for VTA, which we acquired in June 2006. The note bears interest at 6.0% and is payable in equal monthly installments through July 2008. The notes payable to insurance companies had an outstanding balance of approximately $0.2 million at June 30, 2006, bore interest at 4.93% and matured in August 2006.

        We have certain cash obligations and other commitments, which will impact our short- and long-term liquidity. At December 30, 2005, such obligations and commitments consisted of long-term debt, operating leases and capital leases. The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 30, 2005:

Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 Year

  1-3 Years
  3-5 Years
  More than
5 Years

 
  (Amounts in thousands)

Long term debt(1)   $ 1,530   $ 1,272   $ 258   $   $
Operating leases     14,117     3,228     5,709     3,330     1,850
Capital leases     406     165     216     25    
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations   $ 16,053   $ 4,665   $ 6,183   $ 3,355   $ 1,850
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Long-term debt includes principal and interest payments under our debt agreements assuming no additional borrowings or principal payments. For loans with variable interest rates, interest is calculated using the current prime rate of 8.25% as of June 30, 2006.

39


New Accounting Pronouncement

        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which addresses the accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services, with a primary focus on transactions in which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions. This statement is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related implementation guidance. This statement requires measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for stock compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Incremental compensation costs arising from subsequent modifications of awards after the grant date must be recognized. We adopted this statement on January 1, 2006 under the modified prospective method of application. Under that method, compensation costs are recognized for new grants of share-based awards, awards modified after the effect date, and the remaining portion of the fair value of the unvested awards at the adoption date; however, we have no unvested awards as of the adoption date. The adoption of Statement 123R did not have any effect on our consolidated financial statements as of the date of adoption.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. Market risk is attributed to all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including long-term debt.

        We do not engage in trading activities and do not participate in foreign currency transactions or utilize derivative financial instruments. Accordingly, our exposure to market risk is through our bank debt which bears interest at variable rates. Based upon the balance of the bank debt outstanding at June 30, 2006, a hypothetical increase in the prime interest rate from 8.25% to 9.08%, representing an increase of 10%, on our variable rate debt would have increased interest expense by approximately $15,000. A hypothetical decrease in the prime interest rate from 8.25% to 7.43%, representing a decrease of 10%, would have decreased interest expense by approximately $15,000.

40



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading provider of outsourced services to small and mid-sized public agencies in California and other western states. Outsourcing enables these agencies to provide a wide range of specialized services, without having to incur and maintain the overhead necessary to develop staffing in-house. We provide a broad range of services to public agencies, including:


        We operate our business through a network of over 20 offices located throughout California and other western states and have a staff of 657 as of June 30, 2006 that includes licensed engineers and other professionals. Our core clients are public agencies in communities with populations ranging from 10,000 to 300,000 people. We believe communities of this size are underserved by large outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector. We seek to establish a close working relationship with our public agency clients and, over time, to expand the breadth and depth of the services we provide to them.

        While we currently serve communities throughout the country, our business is concentrated in California and neighboring states. We provide services to approximately 60% of the 478 cities and over 60% of the 58 counties in California. We also serve special districts, school districts and other public agencies.

        We were founded over 40 years ago, and today consist of a family of wholly owned companies that operate within the following areas:

Market Opportunity

        As the population of the United States continues to grow, cities, counties and local agencies face the increased challenges of building the infrastructure and providing the services required by their growing constituencies. These entities increasingly are turning to privatization as a way to supplement their in-house ability to deliver services.

        Much of the western United States, particularly in California, is characterized by strong county governments that oversee large tracts of land. Beginning in the 1960's, cities and towns in California began to contract for governmental services, such as police and fire, from the counties in which they

41



were located. Over time, this form of outsourcing extended to private companies, which provided ready access to expertise, without the corresponding financial commitment to the hiring of permanent staff. Today the privatization of services is particularly well established in California and the western United States, where hundreds of communities currently utilize contract services.

        Conversely, we believe that much of the northeastern, midwestern and southern sections of the United States were developed by the creation of densely populated, major urban areas that are surrounded by small towns, villages and cities, many of which chose to establish their own governmental operations, and provide discrete police, fire, building and safety, public works and other services to their constituents. As the infrastructure in these communities deteriorates, we believe outsourcing to the private sector will become a logical alternative to developing in-house expertise and staffing to rehabilitate the existing public infrastructure.

        We believe the market for privatized governmental services is being driven by a number of factors, including:

        Within our specific markets, privatized services can take the form of:

        Engineering services encompass a variety of disciplines associated with the design and construction of public infrastructure improvements. We expect demand for engineering services to grow as continued population growth in California and other western states places significant strain on the infrastructure in those areas. The U.S. Census Bureau projects that the populations of California, Arizona, Colorado,

42


Utah and Nevada will, in aggregate, increase by over 23 million residents from 2000 to the year 2030. The table below shows long-term growth projections for those five western states:


Projected Changes in State Populations: 2000 to 2030

 
  Census 2000
Population
Estimates

  Projected
Population
for 2030

  Projected Change in
Residents Added
(2000 to 2030)

  Projected Change
as a Percentage
(2000 to 2030)

  50-State Rank
in Percentage
Change

California   33,872,000   46,445,000   12,573,000   37.1   13
Arizona   5,131,000   10,712,000   5,581,000   108.8   2
Colorado   4,301,000   5,792,000   1,491,000   34.7   14
Utah   2,233,000   3,485,000   1,252,000   56.1   5
Nevada   1,998,000   4,282,000   2,284,000   114.3   1

Source: U.S. Census Bureau, Population Division, April 2005

        From 2000 to 2005, the population in these fives states grew by over 3.7 million people, according to the U.S. Census Bureau.

        Increasing populations drive the need for new infrastructure, as well as the rehabilitation of aging structures, such as those related to aviation, bridges, dams, drinking water, energy (power), hazardous waste, navigable waterways, public parks/recreation, railroads, roads, schools, security, solid waste, transit, and wastewater. The American Society of Civil Engineers, or ASCE, in its 2005 United States Infrastructure Report Card, rated only one of these elements, solid waste, as high as "C+". The elements were rated on a school-type scale of A to F, on a national basis. Ten of the 15 were rated "D+" or below. On a national level, the ASCE estimates that $1.6 trillion needs to be spent over the next five years to bring these elements up to a functional level.

        At the state level, the grades for California as measured by the ASCE were similar. The ASCE estimates that 28% of California's bridges are structurally deficient or functionally obsolete, and 71% of the state's major roads are in poor or mediocre condition. Additionally, the ASCE estimates that $17.5 billion will be needed over the next 20 years to meet the drinking water needs for the state. These findings are supported by the California Infrastructure Coalition's annual report for 2005, in which the Coalition states that much of the state's infrastructure is outdated, overburdened and will not meet the needs of the state's projected population growth.

        In August 2005, President Bush signed the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, or SAFETEA-LU, in response to growing concern over the condition of our nation's infrastructure. This legislation allocates more than $286 billion to infrastructure investment through 2009, a 40% increase over predecessor legislation. State and local governments will play an expanded role in the deployment of these federal funds, receiving approximately 79% of the disbursements. California is slated to receive $23 billion under this program.

        In addition, state and local agencies are devoting an increasing percentage of their own budgets to infrastructure. The State of California budget for fiscal 2006-2007 provides in excess of $13.3 billion for transportation and infrastructure related spending, an increase of 9% over fiscal 2005-2006. A significant portion of these funds will be "pushed down" to local agencies for project implementation. The Cities' Annual Report from the California State Controller's Office indicated that, for fiscal 2003-2004 (the most recent report published), total city operating expenditures exceeded $40 billion, an increase of 3.9% over the prior period. In addition, $8.2 billion was budgeted to be spent on capital improvements, an increase of 1.5% over the prior fiscal year. We believe that the trend toward increased local funding of infrastructure related activities will continue in subsequent years.

        Voters in the western United States are also acting to provide funding for infrastructure improvement and rehabilitation. In California, the voters in 18 counties, representing over 75% of the

43



state's population, have passed sales tax increases to fund transportation improvements. In Maricopa County, Arizona, voters enacted Proposition 400, which extends a half-cent sales tax for an additional 20 years to continue funding road building and transportation infrastructure, a measure that is expected to generate approximately $8.5 billion over this period. In Tucson, Arizona, city voters recently passed a half-cent sales tax increase that is expected to generate $2.1 billion for transportation projects over the next 20 years.

        Public agencies face an increasing burden to raise the necessary funding to build, improve and maintain infrastructure and to provide services to their local communities. While tax revenues are a primary source of funding, in California there are property tax and spending limits that curtail the generation of these funds. Alternatives include the issuance of tax-exempt securities; the formation of special financing districts to assess property owners on a parcel basis for infrastructure and public improvements, such as assessment districts and community facilities districts (known as Mello-Roos in California); the implementation of development impact fee programs that require developers to bear the cost of the impact of development on local infrastructure; user fee programs that pass costs along to the actual users of services; optimization of utility rates; and special taxes enacted by voters for specific purposes.

        In California, the use of special tax revenue bonds and special assessment bonds has increased significantly over the past three years. Special tax revenue bonds are tax-exempt securities associated with community facilities districts. Special assessment bonds are the tax-exempt securities used in conjunction with assessment districts. The proceeds from these bonds are used to finance the construction and maintenance of public infrastructure.

        The table below shows the increase in the use of tax-exempt securities in conjunction with bonded special financing districts in California over the past three years:

Special Assessment Bonds

  Special Tax Revenue Bonds (CFD's)

Year

  Dollar Amount
of Bonds Issued

  %
Increase

  Number of
Issuances

  Year

  Dollar Amount
of Bonds Issued

  %
Increase

  Number of
Issuances

2003   $ 402,698,000   N/A   46   2003   $ 1,546,220,000   N/A   125
2004     474,456,000   17.8 % 71   2004     1,713,404,000   10.8 % 165
2005     606,007,000   27.7 % 68   2005     2,761,958,000   61.2 % 188

Source: California State Treasurer's Office, California Debt and Investment Advisory Commission. Data includes refundings of existing debt.

        California continues to be the nation's leading issuer of all types of tax-exempt debt, followed by New York and Texas. In 2005, a total of 1,152 sales of tax-exempt securities took place in California, for a total issuance of $57.3 billion, a 3.1% increase over 2004. Other states with high population growth increased their use of tax-exempt financing at a greater rate. Issuers in Florida sold $20.0 billion in tax-exempt bonds in 2005, an increase of 55.1% over 2004. Arizona issuances increased 23.8% in 2005, up to $9.3 billion, and Nevada issuers sold $4.7 billion in 2005, up 54.3% from the prior year. Federal compliance requirements, such as arbitrage rebate calculation and continuing disclosure, apply to all tax-exempt issuances on a nation-wide basis.

        To implement these financing techniques, public agencies frequently contract with private consultants to provide the advance studies, manage the processes and provide the administration necessary to support these methods. Consultants have the expertise necessary to form the special financing districts and produce an impact fee study used to develop a schedule of developer fees. Privatized services are then also utilized to implement the programs or revised rate schedules, and in the case of special financing districts, administer the districts through the life of the bonds. Consultants

44



also frequently provide the services necessary to comply with federal requirements for tax-exempt debt, such as arbitrage rebate calculations and continuing disclosure reports. Use of such services allows public agencies to capitalize on innovative public finance techniques without incurring the cost of developing in-house expertise.

        After September 11, 2001, the need to protect civil infrastructure and implement additional security measures became a priority at all levels of government. In addition to the threat of terrorism, Hurricanes Katrina and Rita highlighted the vulnerability of our country's infrastructure to natural disasters. These events placed an increased burden on local and regional public agencies to be prepared to respond. In addition to fire and safety personnel, agencies responsible for the physical safety of infrastructure elements, such as water and wastewater systems, ports and airports, roads and highways, bridges and dams, are under increased pressure to prepare for natural and man-made disasters. Accordingly, the federal government now considers public works staff members to be "first responders" to such incidents and we believe that agencies are allocating resources accordingly.

        For fiscal year 2006, under the Department of Homeland Security Grant Program, or HSGP, the federal government will provide $1.7 billion to the states, which in turn will disburse these funds to local law enforcement and other agencies. The federal Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, has designated 46 metropolitan areas throughout the country to receive almost half of the HSGP funds through a program called the DHS Urban Area Security Initiative, or UASI. Designated UASI metropolitan areas include: five metropolitan areas in California; the Phoenix, Arizona (Maricopa County) metropolitan area; Denver, Colorado; and Las Vegas, Nevada. States and local communities also are increasing budget funds for immigration and homeland security matters.

        The table below shows federal HSGP disbursements to California, Arizona, Colorado, Utah and Nevada, and how those funds will be deployed to local agencies and initiatives. The state HSGP allocation provides for state grants to cities and other local government agencies.


Federal Department of Homeland Security Grant Program—Fiscal Year 2006

 
  Total HSGP
Allocation

  State HSGP
Allocation

  Local Law
Enforcement
Terrorism
Prevention

  UASI
Allocation

  Metropolitan
Medical Response
System Allocation

  Citizens
Corps
Allocation

California   $ 231,951,000   $ 47,580,000   $ 42,370,000   $ 136,290,000   $ 4,182,000   $ 1,529,000
Arizona     20,171,000     8,660,000     6,290,000     3,920,000     929,000     372,000
Colorado     21,080,000     8,080,000     7,600,000     4,380,000     697,000     323,000
Utah     8,271,000     4,520,000     3,280,000         232,000     239,000
Nevada     20,509,000     8,110,000     4,180,000     7,750,000     232,000     237,000

Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security

        We expect homeland security funding to remain constant at the federal and state levels for the foreseeable future.

Competitive Strengths

        Founded over 40 years ago, we have a well-established track record of providing a wide range of privatized services to the public sector. We have developed the experience base, professional staff and support technology and software necessary to quickly and effectively respond to the needs of our

45



clients. We believe we have developed a reputation within our industry as problem solvers across a broad range of client issues. Some of our competitive strengths include:

        Quality of Service.    We pride ourselves on the quality of service that we provide to our clients. The work that we compete for is awarded primarily based on the company's qualifications, rather than the fees proposed. We believe that our service levels, experience and expertise satisfy even the most rigorous qualification standards. We have developed a strong reputation for quality, based upon our depth of experience, ability to attract quality professionals, customized technology and software that support our services, local knowledge and the expertise we possess across multiple disciplines. We believe we are well-positioned to serve public sector clients due to our knowledge of the unique reporting processes and operating procedures of public agencies, which differ substantially from the private sector. Because public engineering contracts in California are awarded primarily based on qualifications, we believe our high quality of service is a significant factor in our providing services currently to over 60% of the cities and counties in California.

        Broad range of services.    Our focus on customer service has led us to continually broaden the scope of the services we provide. At different stages in our 40-year history, as the needs of our public sector clients have evolved, we have developed service capabilities complementary to our core engineering business, including building and safety services, financial and economic services, planning services, geotechnical services, code enforcement services and, most recently, disaster planning and homeland security services. Further, because we recognize that local public sector projects and issues often cross departmental lines, we have developed the capability to deliver multiple services in a cohesive manner to better serve our client communities as a whole.

        Strategic locations in key markets.    Local agencies want professionals that understand their local needs. Therefore, we deliver our services through a network of over 20 offices dispersed throughout the western United States. Further, each of our offices is staffed with quality professionals, including former management level public sector employees, such as planners, engineers, inspectors, and police and fire department personnel. These professionals understand the local and regional markets in which they work. In addition, we operate in some of the fastest growing states, counties and cities in the country. We operate in four of the five fastest growing counties in the country (based on number of residents added from July 2004 to July 2005): Maricopa County, Arizona; Clark County, Nevada; and Riverside and San Bernardino Counties, California. In addition, we operate in California, Arizona and Nevada, in which seven of the top 10 fastest growing cities in the nation (with populations over 100,000) are located. (Source: U.S. Census Bureau, Population Division, April 2005).

        Strong, long-term client relationships.    We have developed strong relationships with our public agency clients, some of whom we have worked with for over 25 years. The value of these long-term relationships is reflected in the recurring award of new projects, ongoing staffing assignments, and long-term projects that require high-level supervision. We also seek to maintain close personal relationships with public agency decision-makers to strengthen our relationships with them and the agencies with which they work. We frequently develop new client relationships as our public agency contacts are promoted or move to other agencies. Our strong culture of community involvement and leadership in key public agency organizations underscores our customer focus and helps us cultivate and expand our client base.

        Experienced, talented, and motivated employees.    Our staff consists of seasoned professionals with a broad array of specialties, and a strong customer service orientation. Our corporate culture places a high priority on investing in our people, including providing opportunities for stock ownership to attract, motivate and retain top professionals. Our executive officers have an average of more than 25 years of experience in or supporting the public sector, and an average of 18 years with our company.

46



Key Business Strategies

        We intend to pursue the following strategies to increase our revenue and market share and profitably expand our business:

        Continue to focus on small to mid-sized public agencies.    We focus on providing our services to small to mid-sized municipalities, counties, special districts and other public agencies and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. We believe that these markets are underserved by large outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector. In addition, because we work almost exclusively with governmental bodies, we are able to avoid the conflicts of interest that many of our competitors encounter who work for both private developers and the agencies that may be regulating these private entities. Further, working with literally hundreds of municipalities and public agencies has provided us with a broadly diversified client base.

        Provide new service offerings and cross-sell existing services.    We intend to continue to expand our service offerings and to cross-sell additional services to existing clients. A recent example is the creation of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, to provide homeland security and public safety consulting services to our core client base of local and regional public agencies. Increasingly, these public agencies face budget constraints that limit their ability to support new, unique or temporary service offerings. We believe that these government entities will increasingly view the use of privatized services as an attractive solution.

        Expand our business geographically.    We have identified several high-growth regions in the United States, particularly in the Sunbelt, where we intend to pursue expansion of our business. We recently began serving communities in Colorado and Utah, and have opened offices in the states of Washington and Florida to capitalize on growth opportunities in these areas. We believe there are communities throughout the United States in which the local infrastructure is deteriorating and where contract, privatized services afford a potential solution. We intend to explore entering new markets through new office openings with key hires and through strategic acquisitions.

        Continue to attract and retain valuable employees.    We believe we are able to attract and retain valuable employees as a result of having developed a strong reputation for providing quality services to our public agency clients. In addition to our traditional recruiting activities, this has provided us with a unique opportunity to attract excellent employees with local knowledge and expertise as they seek opportunities outside of public service. As a result, we are able to attract and retain a staff of well-trained, knowledgeable and respected employees who are able to provide a high level of service and local knowledge to our clients. We will continue to seek to make key hires, individually and through acquisitions, to facilitate both geographic expansion and new service offerings.

Our Services

        We specialize in providing privatized services to public agencies. Our core client base is composed of cities, counties, special districts, other local and state agencies, and tribal governments.

        We are organized to win and profitably manage numerous small to mid-size contracts at any one time. With our focus on local and regional agencies, typical contracts can range from $5,000 to over $1,000,000 in contract revenue. Our average project contract has a duration of less than 12 months, although we have city services contracts that have been in effect for over 25 years. At June 30, 2006, we had approximately 4,000 open contracts.

        We offer services in three segments: Engineering Services, Public Finance Services, and Homeland Security Services. The interfaces and synergies among and between these segments are key elements of our strategy. Management established these segments based upon the services provided, the different marketing strategies associated with these services and the specialized needs of their respective clients.

47


        The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the approximate percentage of our consolidated contract revenue attributable to each segment:

 
  Fiscal Year
  Fiscal Six
Months Ended

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  June 30, 2006
 
Engineering Services   83.5 % 83.3 % 84.6 % 84.3 %
Public Finance Services   16.5 % 16.6 % 15.3 % 14.5 %
Homeland Security Services(1)   N/A   N/A   N/A   1.2 %

(1)
We did not start recognizing contract revenue in this segment until the first quarter of 2006.

Engineering Services

        We provide a wide range of engineering services to the public sector. In general, contracts for engineering services (as opposed to construction contracts) are awarded by public agencies based primarily upon the qualifications of the engineering professional, rather than the proposed fees. Many jobs are awarded without a mandated proposal process, especially where an agency has had a longstanding relationship with an engineering professional that has expertise in the type of project under consideration. A substantial percentage of our engineering related work is for existing clients and represents an extension of our long-term associations with them.

        We offer our clients a broad range of engineering services, listed in the following table and described individually below:

City Engineering Structural Engineering

Building and Safety

Planning

Public Works and Infrastructure Design

Landscape Architecture

Construction Management

Geotechnical Engineering

Traffic Engineering

Flood Control

Water and Wastewater Engineering

Code Enforcement

        City Engineering.    We specialize in providing engineering services tailored to the unique needs of municipalities. City Engineering can range from staffing an entire engineering department to carrying out specific projects within a municipality, such as developing a pavement management program or reviewing engineering plans on behalf of a city. This is the core of our original business and was the first service offered when we were founded over 40 years ago.

        Building and Safety.    Our building and safety services can range from managing and staffing an entire municipal building department to providing specific outsourced services such as plan review and field inspections. Other aspects of this discipline include performing accessibility compliance and providing disaster recovery teams, energy compliance evaluations, permit processing and issuance, seismic retrofitting programs and structural plan review. Many of our building and safety services engagements are with municipalities and counties in high growth areas where workloads exceed the capacity of in-house staff.

        Public Works and Infrastructure Design.    This sector constitutes our traditional engineering design function. Our engineers design roads, streets and highways; airport and transit facilities; freeway interchanges; high occupancy vehicles lanes; pavement reconstruction; and other elements of state, county and city infrastructure.

48



        Construction Management.    We have developed construction and program management systems specifically devoted to our public sector clients. We provide inspection services, along with full construction management and support, depending on the client's needs and the scope of the specific project. Our construction management experience encompasses projects such as streets, bridges, sewers and storm drains, water systems, parks, pools and utilities.

        Traffic Engineering.    Our traffic engineering services involve serving as the contract city traffic engineer in communities, as well as performing design and traffic planning projects for our clients. These services and projects include parking management studies, intersection analyses and improvements, traffic impact reports, and traffic signal and control systems. In 1999, we acquired WPA Traffic Engineering, Inc., a traffic engineering firm in southern California, which was integrated into our Orange County regional office and now operates as a division of our Willdan subsidiary.

        Water and Wastewater Engineering.    Our water and wastewater engineering services include design and project management of public water and wastewater facilities. Our core competencies include hydraulic modeling, master planning, rate studies and design and construction services. Our design experience includes reservoirs, pressure reducing stations, pump and lift stations, and pipeline alignment studies, as well as water/wastewater collection, distribution and treatment facilities.

        Structural Engineering.    Our structural engineering services include bridge design, bridge evaluation and inspection, highway and railroad bridge planning and design, highway interchange design, railroad grade separation design, bridge seismic retrofitting, building design and retrofit, sound wall and retaining wall design, and planning and design for bridge rehabilitation and replacement.

        Planning.    We offer services to planning agencies as well as community development/redevelopment departments within cities. Typically, cities contract with us to relieve peak workload situations or to fill vacant planning positions on an interim basis. In other instances, we will handle the entire planning function for small or newly incorporated cities.

        Landscape Architecture.    Our services in the area of landscape architecture include design, planning, landscape management and urban forestry. Specific projects include park design and master planning, bidding and construction documents, water conservation plans, urban beautification programs, landscape maintenance management, site planning and assessment district management.

        Geotechnical Engineering.    We provide geotechnical engineering services, including soils testing, slope stability evaluations, earthquake engineering, engineering geology and hydrogeology. We have a licensed, full service geotechnical laboratory at our headquarters in Anaheim, California, which offers an array of testing services, including the relatively new line of construction materials testing and inspection.

        Flood Control.    We provide a complete analysis and projection of storm flows for use in master drainage plans and for individual storm drain systems to reduce flooding in streets and adjacent properties.

        Code Enforcement.    We assist municipalities with the development and implementation of neighborhood preservation programs and the staffing of code enforcement personnel.

        Selected Projects.    Examples of typical ongoing projects we have in the Engineering Services segment include:

49


Public Finance Services

        We acquired our public finance consulting business in 1999 to supplement the services we offer our public sector clients. In general, we supply expertise and support for the various financing techniques employed by public agencies to finance their operations and infrastructure. We also support the mandated reporting and other requirements associated with these financings. We do not provide underwriting or financial advisory services for municipal securities.

        Unlike our Engineering Services business, we often compete for business, at least initially, through a competitive bid process. However, since many public sector financing instruments, such as tax-exempt bonds, remain outstanding for up to 30 years, once we have established a client relationship, the client

50



tends to retain us for as long as the financing remains in place. Our services in this segment include the following:

        District Administration.    We administer special districts on behalf of public agencies. The types of special districts administered include community facilities districts (in California, Mello-Roos districts), assessment districts, landscape and lighting districts, school facilities improvement districts, water districts, benefit assessment districts, fire suppression districts, and business improvement districts. Our administration services include calculating the annual levy for each parcel in the district; billing charges directly or through a county tax roll; preparing the annual Engineer's Report, budget and resolutions; reporting on collections and payment status; calculating prepayment quotes; and providing financial analyses, modeling and budget forecasting. In 2006, we will administer over 1,200 districts on behalf of more than 185 public agencies, involving an annual levy of almost six million parcels which will generate almost $600 million in public revenues.

        The key to our District Administration services is our proprietary software package, MuniMagic®: Municipal Administration & Government Information Coordinator, which we developed internally to redefine the way we administer special districts. MuniMagic® is a database management program that maintains parcel data; calculates special taxes, assessments, fees and charges; manages payment tracking; maintains bond-related information in a single, central location; and provides reporting, financial modeling and analysis at multiple levels of detail. MuniMagic® offers a significant competitive advantage in an industry driven by the ability to accurately process extremely large quantities of data. MuniMagic® is also available for licensing by our existing clients. See "—Intellectual Property" for a discussion of the licensing terms.

        Financial Consulting Services.    We perform economic analyses and financial projects for public agencies, including:


        Federal Compliance Services.    We offer federal compliance services to issuers of municipal securities, which can be cities, towns, school districts, housing authorities and other entities that are eligible to issue tax-exempt securities. Specifically, we provide arbitrage rebate calculations and municipal disclosure services that assist issuers to remain in compliance with federal regulations. We provide these reports, together with related compliance services such as bond elections, temporary period yield restriction, escrow fund monitoring, rebate payments and refund requests. In terms of continuing disclosure services, we both produce the required annual reports and disseminate those reports on behalf of the issuers. We provide federal compliance services to over 600 issuers in 34 states and the District of Columbia on more than 2,500 bond issues totaling over $35 billion in municipal debt.

51


        Selected Projects.    Examples of typical ongoing projects we have in the Public Finance Services segment include:

Homeland Security Services

        We provide homeland security and public safety consulting services to cities, counties and related municipal service agencies such as utility and water companies, as well as school districts, port and transportation authorities, tribal governments and large business enterprises with a need for homeland security related services. We staff our projects in this area with former high level, local and regional public safety officers, and focus on solutions tailored for local agencies and their personnel.

        We entered this segment in fiscal year 2005 with the formation of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, or AHS, and began generating revenue in the first quarter of 2006. Our services include:

        Training Services.    We design customized training courses for all aspects of disaster, unusual occurrence and emergency responses. In this regard, we have developed and own several training courses that meet or exceed the requirements for the federal National Incident Management System, or NIMS, training. These courses assist clients in meeting their obligations to prepare their staff to utilize the NIMS. Our courses have been approved by California's Commission on Peace Officers Standards and Training, the California Office of Emergency Services and the federal Department of Homeland Security's "Office of Grants and Training", formerly Office of Domestic Preparedness.

        Emergency Operations Planning Services.    We design, implement, review and evaluate public agencies' Emergency Operations Plan, including compliance and consistency with federal, state and local laws and policies. Plans are tailored in response to terrorism, intentional acts of sabotage and natural disasters. We also provide command and control and emergency response training for all types of unusual occurrences.

52



        Terrorism and Threat Vulnerability Assessments.    These assessments involve the development of policies and procedures to assess threats and the vulnerability of local, regional, state and national infrastructures. Included in these assessments are: city and county buildings, ports and airports, facilities, power supplies, water supplies, communications networks and transportation systems.

        Planning Evaluations and Exercises.    We conduct planning sessions and exercises, including those relating to weapons of mass destruction, large events, mass casualty transportation disasters, terrorism incident response, natural disaster response and recovery, and civil disorder events. We design these exercises for multi-agency involvement and are fully compliant with NIMS, the State Emergency Management System for California, and the National Response Plan. Exercises are designed to evaluate and test "first responders" and support personnel, as well as elected officials and agency management.

        Public Safety and Management Consulting.    We provide independent analyses, evaluations and recommendations for enhancing the performance of public safety agencies, such as police and fire departments.

        Selected Projects.    Examples of typical projects in the Homeland Security Services segment that are ongoing or completed include:

Business Development

        We emphasize the development of new business through personal relationships with key decision makers in our industry, and by cross-selling our services among our business segments as opportunities arise. We seek to attract prospective clients through a well-established referral network, and participation in professional and community organizations and events. We seek to serve our clients well and repeatedly, and believe that our success is demonstrated by the number of clients that we have served for many years, and the referrals they make to others for our services.

        Our business development efforts begin at our local offices with our project managers who work with appointed, rather than elected, senior officials on a day-to-day basis. These project managers have responsibility for client development within their business segment and geographic region. We believe that our local personnel have an in-depth understanding of local issues and, therefore, can effectively target their marketing activities. Our project managers are responsible for maintaining close contact with their clients, to ensure that the clients' needs are being met and that they are satisfied with the quality of our work. Through close and regular client interaction, our project managers are well-positioned to identify new opportunities.

Marketing and Advertising

        Our marketing programs are customer focused. Our managers participate in a variety of industry organizations related to the disciplines they practice and the public agencies they serve. Many of our

53



managers serve or have served in leadership capacities for key professional organizations, such as the American Public Works Association, the International Code Council and the Institute of Transportation Engineers. Our managers also participate in public sector organizations including the League of California Cities, the National League of Cities, the International City Management Association, the National Association of County Engineers and the National Institute of Justice, Law Enforcement and Corrections. In addition, two of our top managers and one of our directors have received the prestigious El Gran Matador award presented by the California Contract Cities Association.

        Our Corporate Relations department, which is centralized in our Anaheim, California headquarters, is responsible for organizing attendance at public agency organization meetings, conferences and seminars and coordinating our print advertising and marketing campaigns. These tools are used to assist in the cultivation and nurturing of prospective and on-going client relationships. We advertise in more than 100 publications ranging from major national trade magazines to local publications to single edition event programs. We advertise in major public agency publications, including Police Chief Magazine, California Builder Magazine and the American Public Works Association Reporter.

Clients

        Our clients primarily consist of cities, counties, redevelopment agencies, water districts, school districts and universities, state agencies, federal agencies, a variety of other special districts and agencies, and tribal governments. Our typical client is an agency serving a community of 10,000 to 300,000 persons. In fiscal year 2005, we served over 775 distinct clients. No individual client accounted for over 3.1% of our consolidated contract revenue in fiscal year 2005. For fiscal year 2005, each of our top eight clients accounted for between 2.1% and 3.1% of our consolidated contract revenue. Our clients are predominantly based in California, although we have major clients in both Arizona and Nevada. For fiscal year 2005, services provided to public agencies in California accounted for approximately 85% of our contract revenue.

Contract Structure

        We provide our services under contracts, purchase orders or retainer letters. The contracts we enter into with our clients contain three principal types of pricing provisions:

54


        The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the approximate percentage of our contract revenue subject to each type of pricing provision:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  2004
  2005
 
Time-and-materials   58 % 59 %
Unit-based   29 % 28 %
Fixed-price   13 % 13 %
   
 
 
    100 % 100 %
   
 
 

        Under each of the different types of contracts, other than unit-based, we bill our clients periodically in accordance with the contract terms based on costs incurred, on either an hourly-fee basis or on a percentage of completion basis, as the project progresses. For unit-based contracts, we bill our clients upon delivery of the contracted item or, in some cases, in advance of delivery.

        Our contracts come up for renewal periodically and at the time of renewal may be subject to renegotiation, which could impact the profitability on that contract. In addition, during the term of a contract, public agencies may request additional or revised services which may impact the economics of the transaction. Most of our contracts permit our clients, with prior notice, to terminate the contracts at any time without cause. While the renewal, termination or modification of a contract may materially impact an individual project, we do not believe the renewal, termination or modification of any specific contract would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operations due to our large volume of transactions and low customer concentration.

Competition

        The market for our services is highly fragmented. We often compete with many other firms ranging from small local firms to large national firms. Contract awards are based primarily on qualifications, relevant experience, staffing capabilities, geographic presence, stability and price.

        Doing business with governmental agencies is complex and requires the ability to comply with intricate regulations and satisfy periodic audits. We have been serving cities, counties, special districts and other public agencies for over 40 years. We believe that the ability to understand these requirements and to successfully conduct business with governmental entities and agencies is a barrier to entry for potential competitors.

        Our competition varies by type of client, type of service and geography. The range of competitors for any one project can vary depending upon technical specialties, the relative value of the project, geographic location, financial terms, risks associated with the work, and any client imposed restrictions. Unlike most of our competitors, we focus our services on public sector clients. Public sector clients generally choose among competing firms by weighing the quality, experience, innovation and timeliness of the firm's services. When selecting consultants for engineering projects, many government agencies are required to, and others choose to, employ Qualifications Based Selection, or QBS. QBS requires the selection of the most technically qualified firms for a project, while the financial and legal terms of the engagement are generally secondary. QBS applies primarily to work done by our Engineering Services segment. Contracts in the Public Finance Services and Homeland Security Services areas typically are not subject to mandatory QBS standards, and often are awarded through a competitive bid process.

        Our competition varies geographically. Although we provide services in several states, we may be stronger in certain service lines in some geographical areas than in other regions. Similarly, some of our larger competitors are stronger in some service lines in certain localities but are not as competitive

55



in other localities. Our smaller competitors generally are limited both geographically as well as in the services they are able to provide.

        We believe that primary competitors for our Engineering Services segment include: Charles Abbott & Associates, Inc., Bureau Veritas, Harris & Associates, Psomas, RBF Consulting, TetraTech, Inc., Stantec, Inc. and Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc. For our Public Finance Services segment, chief competitors include: David Taussig & Associates, Harris & Associates, Inc., NBS Government Finance Group and Ernst & Young LLP. We believe the Homeland Security Services segment competes primarily with EG&G (a division of URS Corporation) and SRA International, Inc.

Insurance

        We currently maintain general liability insurance, with coverage in the amount of $1.0 million per occurrence, subject to a $2.0 million general aggregate limit; and professional liability insurance, with $5.0 million in coverage per claim, and a $10.0 million annual aggregate limit. Our professional liability policy is a "claims made" policy. We also carry excess coverage of an additional $9.0 million for general liability claims. We are liable to pay these claims from our assets if and when the aggregate settlement or judgment amount exceeds our policy limits.

Employees

        At June 30, 2006, we had approximately 506 full-time employees and 151 part-time employees. All PARs employees are classified as part-time. Our employees include, among others, licensed civil, traffic and structural engineers, land surveyors, certified building officials, licensed geotechnical engineers and engineering geologists, certified inspectors and plans examiners, licensed architects and landscape architects, certified planners, and information technology specialists. We believe that we attract and retain highly skilled personnel with significant industry experience and strong client relationships by offering them challenging assignments in a stable work environment. We believe that our employee relations are good.

        The following table sets forth the number of our employees in each of our business segments and our holding company:

 
  As of Fiscal Year End
   
 
  As of
June 30, 2006

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
Engineering Services   356   404   481   531
Public Finance Services   60   65   78   79
Homeland Security Services(1)   N/A   N/A   1   3
Holding Company Employees (Willdan Group, Inc.)   35   39   39   44
   
 
 
 
  Total   451   508   599   657

(1)
We currently contract with approximately 20 former and current public safety officers to conduct AHS training courses. These instructors are classified as subconsultants.

        At June 30, 2006, all four of our field survey employees were covered by a Master Labor Agreement between the International Union of Operating Engineers Local Union No. 12 and the Southern California Association of Civil Engineers and Land Surveyors, which expires in October 2007.

Intellectual Property

        The Willdan, The Willdan Group of Companies, MuniFinancial, Arroyo Geotechnical, and AHS names and logos are service marks of ours, and we have applied for federal trademark registrations for each with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We believe we have strong name recognition

56



in the western United States and that this provides us a competitive advantage in obtaining new business. Consequently, we believe it is important to protect our brand identity through trademark registrations. The name and logo of our proprietary software, MuniMagic®, are registered trademarks of MuniFinancial, and we are planning to file an application for a federal copyright registration for the source code for the MuniMagic® software. We license the MuniMagic® software to existing clients pursuant to licensing agreements that allow varying levels of access to data. This technology allows clients to view their own data and is a form of deliverable to our clients. The use of licensing provides us protection for this propriety technology. MuniMagic® is not a commercial product offered for sale.

Properties

        Our corporate headquarters are located in approximately 21,000 square feet of office space that we lease at 2401 East Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California. In addition, we lease office space in over 20 other locations principally in California, Nevada, Arizona and Washington. In total, our facilities contain approximately 150,000 square feet of office space and are subject to leases that expire through fiscal year 2013. We also rent additional office space on a month-to-month basis. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet current requirements and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion of operations and for additional offices.

Legal Proceedings

        We are subject from time to time to claims and lawsuits, including those alleging professional errors or omissions, that arise in the ordinary course of business against firms, like ours, that operate in the engineering and consulting professions. We carry professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy limits, for such claims as they arise and may from time to time establish reserves for litigation that is considered probable of a loss. Except as discussed below, we are unaware of any claims and do not currently have any lawsuits against us.

        We are currently involved in a dispute with the City of West Hollywood, California. This matter concerns a construction project in the City of West Hollywood for the improvement of Santa Monica Boulevard. The project required the reconstruction of approximately three miles of roadway. The city and the general contractor claimed that the structural design we prepared was inadequate for the volume and type of traffic on Santa Monica Boulevard. The City also claimed that we failed to control the costs of the project due to contractor claims for extra costs.

        In the fourth quarter of 2005, following a trial in the Los Angeles County Superior Court, the jury rendered a verdict against us and awarded damages to the City in the amount of $6.3 million, including attorney's fees, interest and costs. As of December 30, 2005, we believe that approximately $3.2 million of the damages was covered by our professional liability insurance policy. Therefore, in fiscal year 2005, we expensed $2.7 million of this judgment and recorded related interest expense of $0.4 million. In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 30, 2005, we reflected a total liability of $6.3 million and the related receivable of $3.2 million from the insurance company.

        Our insurance company has posted bonds and retained counsel to file an appeal with respect to this matter. During the appeal process, interest will accrue on the outstanding judgment at the rate of 10% per annum. We cannot predict the outcome of this appeal process.

        In the third quarter of 2006, we obtained a court ruling awarding us approximately $1.0 million on a claim for indemnity, recovering the settlement amount and interest thereon and attorney fees and costs in connection with an unrelated claim that arose in fiscal year 2002. Because the claim arose in 2002 and our insurance carrier previously paid the settlement amount, we will be able to replenish our insurance coverage by approximately $1.0 million for that policy year. As a result, we have approximately $1.0 million of additional insurance coverage available for the West Hollywood case discussed above since that claim also arose in 2002. Therefore, we expect to reflect an additional receivable of approximately $1.0 million from our insurance company in the third quarter of 2006 and a corresponding reduction in the litigation accrual expense related to the West Hollywood case.

57



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors and other significant employees, including their ages as of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Our directors hold office until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Executive Officers and Directors:

  Age
  Position

Win Westfall   72   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Mallory McCamant   43   Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Richard Kopecky   65   Senior Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Willdan subsidiary
Linda L. Heil   67   Director
W. Tracy Lenocker   61   Director
Keith W. Renken   72   Director
Chell Smith   51   Director
Significant Employees:

   
   
Del Conrad   60   Vice President of Financial Reporting & Compliance
Frank G. Tripepi   58   President and Chief Executive Officer of MuniFinancial subsidiary
Ross Khiabani   56   President and Chief Executive Officer of Arroyo Geotechnical subsidiary
Kenneth L. Bayless   59   President and Chief Executive Officer of American Homeland Solutions subsidiary

        Win Westfall has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since May 2006, and has been a member of our board of directors since 2001. Mr. Westfall was our Senior Vice President of Corporate Relations from January 2004 to May 2006, and was a regional manager in northern California from 1998 through 2003. Mr. Westfall has over 35 years experience as a line manager for consulting engineering firms, and has served as city engineer for seven California cities. Mr. Westfall received his B.S. in Civil Engineering from the University of Southern California in 1962, and a M.B.A. from Pepperdine University in 1980. Mr. Westfall is a fellow of The Society of American Military Engineers and has been active in numerous other professional associations. During 1997, he served as the National President for The American Public Works Association, the first private consultant to hold this position. Mr. Westfall has served on and chaired national committees for the American Council of Engineering Companies, and in 2004 was made an Honorary CLOD (past president) of the County Engineers Association of California, the first private consultant to be accorded this honor, as well. He is a registered civil engineer in California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Nevada and Washington.

        Mallory McCamant has served as our Chief Financial Officer since she rejoined us in January 2006. From January 2004 to December 2005, Ms. McCamant was the President and sole shareholder of Core Equities Corp., a business consulting firm in southern California which provided consulting services to Willdan and other business entities. From January 1996 to January 2004, Ms. McCamant served as our

58



Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and of our predecessor, Willdan. During this period, Ms. McCamant also served for two years as the President and Chief Executive Officer of our subsidiary, MuniFinancial. Ms. McCamant's affiliation with us originally commenced in 1988 when she joined us as an administrative analyst. Prior to joining us she held positions at a financial institution and in commercial mortgage banking. Ms. McCamant received a B.A. in Political Science from the University of California, Irvine in 1984, and a M.B.A. in 1986, from the University of California, Irvine.

        Richard Kopecky has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of our wholly owned subsidiary, Willdan, since 2001, and also is a Senior Vice President of Willdan Group, Inc. He was a member of our Board of Directors from 1994 until September 2006. Mr. Kopecky has been employed with us for over 27 years, serving as a Senior Vice President and regional manager for multiple Willdan operations. He also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of MuniFinancial from September 1999 until he became president of Willdan in 2001. Mr. Kopecky has over 41 years of engineering experience. He continues to manage engineering, building and safety and public works projects on a contract basis for several southern California cities. Mr. Kopecky received his B.S. in Civil Engineering from the University of Illinois in 1963. He is a registered civil engineer in California.

        Linda L. Heil has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 2006 and currently is our largest individual stockholder. Mrs. Heil is the widow of Dan Heil who co-founded the company in 1964. Mr. Heil served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman from the company's inception until 1993, and then again from 1995 until his passing in May 2006. Mrs. Heil is retired from active employment but has been a licensed real estate agent since 1977 and has practiced periodically.

        W. Tracy Lenocker has served as a member of the Board of Directors periodically since the 1980's, and continuously since 1997. Mr. Lenocker is currently the President and majority owner of Civilsoft which provides civil engineering and geographic information systems, or GIS, software worldwide. He also founded Lenocker & Associates in 1995 which provides GIS services to public agencies. He has worked in both the public and private engineering sectors in California and Florida. Mr. Lenocker was a part-time instructor in civil engineering California State University, Long Beach from 1980 to 1991. He is past chairman of the American Society of Civil Engineers, or ASCE, Committee on Computer Practices and received the national ASCE award in Computing in Civil Engineering. Mr. Lenocker received a B.S. in Civil Engineering in 1975 from the University of Florida, and a M.S. in Civil Engineering from California State University, Long Beach in 1980. Mr. Lenocker is a registered civil engineer in California.

        Keith W. Renken joined our Board of Directors in September 2006. Mr. Renken retired in 1992 as Senior Partner and Chairman, Executive Committee of Southern California, for the public accounting firm Deloitte & Touche. He currently is an adjunct professor in the Marshall School of Business at the University of Southern California. He serves as a director on the boards of two publicly held companies, East West Bancorp, Inc. since 2000 and 21st Century Insurance Group since 2002. Mr. Renken is a Certified Public Accountant in the states of Arizona and California, as well as a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the California Society of Certified Public Accountants. He received a B.S. in Business Administration in 1957 from the University of Arizona, and a M.S. in Business Administration from the University of Arizona in 1959.

        Chell Smith joined our Board of Directors in September 2006. Ms. Smith was the Chief Executive Officer Americas for Capgemini, a global consulting and technology services company, formerly Cap Gemini Ernst & Young. Ms. Smith was responsible for Capgemini's North American operations from April 2004 until she retired in June 2005. Prior to holding this position, she served as Capgemini's Group Managing Director—Global Operations from December 2002 to April 2004 and its Managing Director—Technology Services from May 2000 to December 2002. Previously, she was Partner and Global Practice Leader—Critical Technologies for Ernst & Young, LLP from October 1997 to May 2000. Ms. Smith held other management and partnership positions within Ernst & Young from

59



January 1989 through October 1997. She currently serves as a director on the board of ITSolutions, LLC.

        Del Conrad has been our Vice President of Financial Reporting and Compliance since April 2006. He oversees our timely compliance with all applicable reporting requirements and regulations. From 2002 until joining us, he developed a consulting practice that specialized in addressing public companies' financial reporting problems and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Conrad was the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary at Troy Group, a technology company, where he managed its public offering. Prior to his work at Troy Group, Mr. Conrad spent 10 years as an audit partner with McGladrey & Pullen, LLP. He received a B.A. in Business Administration in 1972 from the University of Iowa.

        Frank G. Tripepi has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of our subsidiary, MuniFinancial, since June 2002. Prior to joining MuniFinancial, Mr. Tripepi served as the city manager of Rosemead, California for approximately 28 years. In April 2004, Mr. Tripepi received an appointment to the Board of Governors of the Rose Institute of State and Local Government. The Rose Institute conducts and publishes research on California government and politics. Mr. Tripepi received his B.S. in Political Science in 1969 from California State University, Fullerton.

        Ross Khiabani has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of our subsidiary, Arroyo Geotechnical, since September 2003. Prior to joining Arroyo Geotechnical, he was the President of Leighton Consulting, a division of Leighton Group, Inc., where he spent 23 years. Mr. Khiabani has over 25 years experience in geotechnical engineering, including assignments in commercial, residential, industrial and institutional development, ports and harbors, public works, transportation (including major bridges, local roads, freeways and toll roads) and water and wastewater facilities. Mr. Khiabani received a B.S. in Geology and a M.S. in Geotechnical Engineering from Pahlavi University in Iran. He is a registered civil engineer in California, Arizona and Nevada, and a registered geotechnical engineer in California.

        Kenneth L. Bayless is the President and Chief Executive Officer of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, or AHS. He joined AHS in 2005, after his retirement as a Division Chief with the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department, or LASD. During his 33 years of service with the LASD, he worked closely with the 40 cities under contract for law enforcement services, specializing in the design and implementation of risk management training. As a member of the LASD, Mr. Bayless was significantly involved in the planning and security for the 1984 Olympic Games held in Los Angeles, California. During the Games, he commanded the Olympic Security Coordination Center, a multi-jurisdictional command center which directed security and emergency operations for the dozens of local, state and federal law enforcement agencies involved in security for the Games. He also has extensive emergency operations experience, including field command assignments and emergency operations center command during response to riots, earthquakes and fires. Mr. Bayless holds a B.A. in Psychology from the University of California, Los Angeles and a M.A. in Public Administration from the University of Southern California.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a separate charter adopted by our board of directors. The composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable SEC rules and regulations and the Nasdaq Global Market listing standards.

60



        Audit Committee.    Our audit committee will be comprised of Mr. Lenocker, Mr. Renken and Ms. Smith. Mr. Renken will serve as the committee's chairman and will also qualify as the "audit committee financial expert" as defined by the SEC. The audit committee's responsibilities include:

        Compensation Committee.    Our compensation committee will be comprised of Mr. Lenocker, who will be the chairman of the committee, Mr. Renken and Ms. Smith. Mr. Renken and Ms. Smith will be "non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(d)(3) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Mr. Lenocker, however, will not be a "non-employee director" until our fiscal year 2008. Until the compensation committee is composed solely of non-employee directors, our board of directors will approve any grants and awards under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan to its officers and directors as is required by Rule 16b-3(d)(1). Mr. Renken and Ms. Smith will also be "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. Mr. Lenocker will not be an "outside director" until fiscal year 2007. We will rely on the exception from compliance with Section 162(m) for new public companies until we have a compensation committee comprised entirely of outside directors. The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

61


        Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.    Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be comprised of Mr. Lenocker, who will be the chairman of the committee, and Mr. Renken and Ms. Smith. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee's responsibilities include:


Director Compensation

        We pay cash compensation to our current directors who are not employees of the company. In anticipation of this offering, we are compensating our non-employee directors as follows:

        We have compensatory arrangements with certain current directors other than for director services, as described in the sections of this prospectus captioned "Executive Compensation" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions".

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

62



Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to be in effect at the completion of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

        These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

        In addition, our by-laws provide that:

        Contemporaneous with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.

        We also maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

        The above provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. The provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

63



Code of Ethical Conduct

        Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethical conduct applicable to our non-employee directors, principal executive officer, principal financial officer and employees in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market. Upon completion of this offering, our code of ethical conduct will be available on our website.

Executive Compensation

        Compensation Earned.    The following table summarizes the compensation earned during fiscal year 2005 by our former and current chief executive officer and our other executive officer on December 30, 2005. We refer to these individuals as our "named executive officers."


Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position

  Salary
  Bonus
  All Other
Compensation(3)

Dan W. Heil(1)   $ 230,006   $ 200,000   $
  President, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board
                 

Win Westfall(1)

 

$

117,550

 

$

50,000

 

$

7,989
  President, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board
                 

Mallory McCamant(2)

 

 


 

 


 

 

  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer                  

Richard Kopecky

 

$

203,861

 

$

175,000

 

$

5,964
 
Senior Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Willdan subsidiary
                 

(1)
Dan W. Heil passed away on May 15, 2006. On May 3, 2006, our board of directors elected Win Westfall to be our president and chief executive officer with annual base compensation at $215,000 per year, and a company-owned automobile. Prior to this, Mr. Westfall served as a senior vice president of corporate relations, and worked a reduced schedule. His compensation for fiscal year 2005 reflects that modified schedule. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for information on medical benefits extended to Mr. Westfall and his spouse, Patricia Westfall.

(2)
Ms. McCamant was not hired as an employee until January 1, 2006. Refer to the discussion below regarding her employment agreement under "—Employment and Severance Agreements." Prior to Ms. McCamant's return to the company, Mr. Heil served as our Chief Financial Officer.

(3)
All other compensation includes automobile allowances and the value of personal use of a company-owned automobile.

64


        We only recently adopted and approved our first stock incentive plan pursuant to which we may grant options to our employees. See "—2006 Stock Incentive Plan." Prior to the adoption of this plan, we did not have any incentive stock option plans nor any outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock. Concurrent with the completion of this offering, we intend to grant an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock to each of Win Westfall and Mallory McCamant at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock. Each option shall be fully vested upon the date of grant and shall expire two years from the date of grant.

Employment and Severance Arrangements

        We entered into a restated employment agreement, effective August 1, 2006, with Mallory McCamant, in her capacity as our Chief Financial Officer. Ms. McCamant's employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $185,000, a bonus, an automobile allowance of $910 per month plus a gas allowance and additional benefits. Either party may terminate this agreement at any time. Pursuant to the agreement, should we terminate Ms. McCamant's employment without cause prior to December 31, 2006, we agree to pay Ms. McCamant her salary and benefits through June 30, 2007. Should we terminate Ms. McCamant's employment without cause at any time after December 31, 2006, we agree to pay her a severance benefit equal to six months salary plus the cash equivalent of six months of regular employee benefits. If she is terminated without cause during the first three months of 2007, she also will be provided with the 2006 bonus she otherwise would have been paid had she been employed through that period.

2006 Stock Incentive Plan

        In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2006 Plan. We plan to submit the 2006 Plan to our stockholders for approval following the completion of this offering. If our stockholders do not approve the 2006 Plan within twelve months of the date the 2006 Plan was approved by our board of directors, then any Award (as defined below) previously made will be automatically cancelled without any further act.

        The 2006 Plan will terminate ten years after it was approved by our board of directors. The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, as defined in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, which we refer to collectively as Awards, to our directors, executives, officers, employees, consultants and advisors.

        Up to 300,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance upon the grant or exercise of Awards under the 2006 Plan. The shares subject to the 2006 Plan, the limitations on the number of shares that may be awarded under the 2006 Plan and shares and option prices subject to awards outstanding under the 2006 Plan may be adjusted by the compensation committee of the board of directors to reflect any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combinations or exchanges of shares or similar corporate change. As of September 15, 2006, we have not yet granted any Awards under the 2006 Plan. However, concurrent with the completion of this offering, we intend to grant an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock to each of Win Westfall and Mallory McCamant at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock. Each option shall be fully vested upon the date of grant and shall expire two years from the date of grant.

        Shares withheld for taxes, shares used to pay the exercise price of an option in a net exercise and shares tendered to us to pay the exercise price of an Award may be available for future grants of Awards under the 2006 Plan. In addition, shares subject to Awards that have expired, been forfeited or otherwise terminated without having been exercised may be subject to new Awards. Shares issued

65



under the 2006 Plan may be previously authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or reacquired shares bought on the open market.

        Generally, the compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2006 Plan. The committee has the authority to

        The compensation committee, with the approval of the board of directors, may also terminate or amend the 2006 Plan. Termination of, or amendments to, the 2006 Plan are subject to stockholder approval to the extent required by law, or the rules or regulations of the Nasdaq Global Market (or any national securities exchange on which our shares are listed). Additionally, stockholder approval will be specifically required to increase the number of shares available for issuance under the 2006 Plan, to permit the granting of options for our common stock with an exercise price that is below fair market value on the date of grant, or to extend the term of an option beyond ten years.

        Awards under the 2006 Plan may be granted to individuals who are directors, officers, executives, employees, and our consultants and advisors. However, options that are intended to qualify as ISOs may only be granted to employees.

        The following will briefly describe the principal features of the various Awards that may be granted under the 2006 Plan.

        Options.    Options provide for the right to purchase our common stock at a specified price, and usually will become exercisable at the discretion of the compensation committee in one or more installments after the grant date. The option exercise price may be paid in cash, by check, promissory note, shares of our common stock, which have been held by the option holder for longer than six months, or other property with equal value acceptable to the compensation committee, or through other methods as the compensation committee may approve from time to time. Options may take two forms, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, and incentive stock options, or ISOs.

66



        NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the compensation committee, but shall not exceed ten years. Unless an Award agreement provides otherwise, NSOs will lapse immediately upon termination of the participant's employment with us for cause. NSOs may not be granted at an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

        ISOs will be designed to comply with the relevant provisions of the Code, including regulations promulgated thereunder, and will be subject to certain restrictions contained in the Code in order to qualify as ISOs. Among such restrictions ISOs must:

        No ISO may be granted under the 2006 Plan after 10 years from the date our board of directors approved the 2006 Plan. No participant may be granted an option to purchase more than 100,000 shares in any fiscal year.

        Upon a change of control as defined in the 2006 Plan, all Awards will become fully exercisable and all restrictions will lapse if the Awards are converted, assumed, or replaced by a successor and the participant's employment with us is terminated without cause within 90 days following the date of the change of control. If a change of control occurs and Awards are not converted, assumed, or replaced by a successor, all outstanding Awards shall become fully exercisable and all restrictions will lapse. In addition, the compensation committee may cause the Awards to terminate but will give the holder of the Awards the right to exercise their outstanding Awards for a period of time prior to the change of control, the length of which shall be determined by the compensation committee in its sole and absolute discretion.

        The number and kind of securities subject to an Award and the exercise price or base price may be adjusted at the discretion of the compensation committee to reflect any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchanges of shares or similar corporate change.

        The Awards may not be pledged, encumbered or hypothecated other than to the Company or one of our subsidiaries. Generally, the Awards may not be assigned or transferred other than by will or by laws of descent and distribution. A participant may, in a manner determined by the compensation committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the participant's death.

67


        As a condition to the issuance or delivery of stock or payment of other compensation pursuant to the exercise or lapse of restrictions on any Award, we require participants to discharge all applicable withholding tax obligations. Shares held by or to be issued to a participant may also be used to discharge tax withholding obligations, subject to the discretion of the compensation committee to disapprove of such use.

        The 2006 Plan will expire and no further Awards may be granted after the tenth anniversary of its approval by our board of directors.

2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        We have adopted our 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions.

        We have reserved 300,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the plan, with no more than 100,000 shares being issuable in any one calendar year. The plan has semi-annual periods beginning on each January 1 and ending on each June 30 and beginning on each July 1 and ending on each December 31. The first offering period will commence on January 1, 2007 and will end on June 30, 2007.

        Individuals who customarily work more than 20 hours per week and for more than five months per calendar year may join on the first day of any offering period. However, no employee is eligible to participate in the plan if that employee would, immediately upon enrollment, be deemed to own, for purposes of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code, an aggregate of 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all outstanding shares of all classes of our stock or the participating subsidiary. Eligible employees must file a properly executed enrollment form with us at least two weeks prior to the first day of an offering period. When an employee first files a properly completed enrollment form the employee must select a contribution level of not less than 1% nor more than 10% of such employee's salary and wages, including overtime but excluding bonuses. Our board of directors may specify a lower minimum rate or higher maximum rate, but only in compliance with Section 423 of the Code. After enrolling in the plan, each participant will be automatically re-enrolled in the plan for the next offering period at the same contribution level unless the participant withdraws from the plan, changes his or her contribution level or is no longer eligible to participate.

        Participants make contributions under the plan only by means of payroll deductions each payroll period. The accumulated contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares. Shares will be purchased under the plan on, or as soon as practicable after, the last day of the offering period. The purchase price per share will equal 95% of the fair market value of a share on the last day of such offering period. If the number of shares to be purchased for an offering period exceeds the number of shares then available under the plan, the board of directors will make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable.

        In the event of any extraordinary dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the stock, the number and kind of shares subject to the plan will be proportionately adjusted, as determined by our board of directors.

68



401(k) Plan

        We maintain a 401(k) plan for employees meeting certain service requirements. Generally, the plans allow eligible employees to contribute a portion of their compensation, with the company matching a percentage thereof.

Cash Bonus Plans

        Certain of our employees are eligible to earn bonus compensation pursuant to the terms of our incentive compensation plans, based upon attainment of corporate, subsidiary, region, division and individual performance goals. Target bonuses range from 10% to 25% of base salary for corporate executive officers, subsidiary company presidents, and regional managers, and 5% to 15% for division managers and employees of an equivalent level. Bonuses are paid only if the threshold corporate target is met. Participants must have been actively employed for the last six months of the calendar year for which a bonus is paid in order to be eligible for a bonus, and must be employed with the company at the time bonuses are paid. Other employees may also receive cash bonuses, at the discretion of the board of directors, as recommended by the company presidents. In addition, all employees are eligible for our "hot hand" bonus program, which pays on-the-spot awards of up to $2,500 for outstanding performance.

69



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Since 2001 we have had an agreement to receive sub-consultant services from Lenocker & Associates. Tracy Lenocker, the former president, principal and majority owner of Lenocker & Associates, has been a director of our company periodically since the 1980's and continuously since 1997. During fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005, we paid to Lenocker & Associates $77,385, $43,195 and $67,817, respectively. We paid $23,430 to Lenocker & Associates in the first six months of fiscal year 2006. Effective July 1, 2006, Mr. Lenocker was no longer affiliated with Lenocker & Associates.

        Since 1987, we have had a legislative representation agreement with Joe A. Gonsalves & Son. Anthony Gonsalves, the principal and sole owner of Joe A. Gonsalves & Son, Inc. was a director of our company from March 2005 until September 2006. During fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005, we paid to Joe A. Gonsalves & Son $20,045, $35,480 and $41,978, respectively. We paid $15,705 to Joe A. Gonsalves & Son in the first six months of fiscal year 2006.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Agreement Relating to S Corporation Distributions with each of our stockholders, including Mrs. Heil, Ms. McCamant (former stockholder), and Messrs. Westfall, Kopecky, Lenocker and Gonsalves. Pursuant to these agreements, we have agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each stockholder on an after-tax basis against additional income taxes, plus interest and penalties resulting from adjustments made, as a result of a final determination made by a competent tax authority, to the taxable income we reported as an S Corporation. Such indemnification will also include any losses, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of a claim for such tax liability.

        Mrs. Heil has provided personal guarantees to our lender in connection with our term loan and $8.0 million revolving line of credit. As of June 30, 2006, the outstanding balances of the term loan and revolving line of credit were $0.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively. We intend to obtain releases of the foregoing personal guarantees upon the completion of this offering.

        On May 19, 2006, our board of directors approved the extension of lifetime medical benefits to Mrs. Heil and Mr. Westfall and his spouse, Patricia Westfall. Mrs. Heil's eligible dependents are included through the maximum age allowable under our benefits plan.

        In connection with this offering, we will enter into an Indemnification Agreement with Mrs. Heil, as trustee of The 1994 Dan W. Heil and Linda Lee Heil Revocable Trust, the selling stockholder in this offering. Pursuant to this agreement, we will agree to indemnify the selling stockholder against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments that the selling stockholder may be required to make for certain liabilities.

70



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership information of our common stock at August 31, 2006, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering, for:


        To our knowledge, the selling stockholder purchased the shares of our stock in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of acquiring the securities to be resold, the selling stockholder had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

        Unless otherwise noted below, the address of the persons listed on the table is c/o Willdan Group, Inc., 2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300, Anaheim, California 92806. The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting power," which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or "investment power," which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities as to which he has no economic interest. We believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock reflected as beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership on 4,712,640 shares of common stock outstanding on August 31, 2006, and 6,712,640 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior
to the Offering

   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering

 
Executive Officers and Directors

  Number
  Percent
  Shares
Offered

  Number
  Percent
 
Win Westfall   800   *     800   *  
Mallory McCamant            
Linda L. Heil(1)   1,820,120   38.6 % 800,000   1,020,120   15.2 %
Richard Kopecky(2)   336,020   7.1 %   336,020   5.0 %
W. Tracy Lenocker(3)   200,000   4.2 %   200,000   3.0 %
Keith W. Renken            
Chell Smith            
Executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)   2,356,940   50.0 % 800,000   1,556,940   23.2 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
5% Stockholder

   
   
   
   
   
 
John F. Knipe(4)   320,800   6.8 %   320,800   4.8 %

*
Represents beneficial ownership less than 1%.

(1)
Represents shares of common stock held in The 1994 Dan W. Heil and Linda Lee Heil Revocable Trust ("Trust"). Mrs. Heil is the sole trustee and beneficiary of the Trust, and has voting and investment control over our shares of common stock held therein.

(2)
Represents shares of common stock held in The Richard & Patricia Kopecky 1994 Family Trust.

(3)
Represents shares of common stock held in The 1996 Tracy and Joanne Lenocker Family Trust.

(4)
Represents shares of common stock held in The John & Alice Knipe 1999 Family Trust.

71



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        Our authorized capital stock consists of 40,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated by-laws as our by-laws.

Common Stock

        As of August 31, 2006, there were 4,712,640 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 75 stockholders.

        Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. Except as described below in "—Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law," a majority vote of common stockholders is generally required to take action under our certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

Preferred Stock

        Our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Currently, we have not designated any series of preferred stock or otherwise issued any shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might harm the market price of our common stock.

Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

        Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

        No Written Consent of Stockholders.    Our by-laws provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

        Meetings of Stockholders.    Our by-laws provide that our president, a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office, or stockholders owning at least 25% of the outstanding shares may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special

72



meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our by-laws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

        Amendment to By-Laws and Certificate of Incorporation.    Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors and, if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, thereafter be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. Our by-laws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the by-laws, certificate of incorporation or Delaware General Corporation Law; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment.

        Blank Check Preferred Stock.    Our certificate of incorporation provides for 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law

        Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

73


Nasdaq Global Market Listing

        We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol "WLDN."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation.

74



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 6,712,640 shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of common stock offered hereby by us. Of our total outstanding shares, the 2,800,000 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to certain limitations and restrictions described below.

        The remaining 3,912,640 shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be subject to "lock-up" agreements with the underwriters on the effective date of this offering. See "Underwriting." Upon expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days after the effective date of this offering (subject to extension of the period), all 3,912,640 shares will become eligible for sale, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year, including an affiliate, would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or to market makers, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 are generally subject to the availability of current public information about us.

        Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell such shares without having to comply with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

        We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933 to register all shares of common stock subject to stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We expect to file the registration statements shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, subject to the lock-up agreements.

75



UNDERWRITING

        Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. is acting as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions described in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholder and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholder will agree to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters severally will agree to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the number of shares listed opposite their names below.

Underwriter

  Number of Shares
Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.    

 

 

 
   
Total   2,800,000
   

        The underwriters will agree to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        We will grant to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 420,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

        We and the selling stockholder will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for certain liabilities.

        Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and to dealers at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $            per share. The underwriters also may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $            per share to brokers and dealers. After the initial public offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment options.

 
  Per Share
  Without
Over-allotment
Exercise

  With
Over-
allotment
Exercise

Public offering price   $                $                $             
Underwriting discount payable by us                  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us                  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder                  

76


        The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $1,500,000 and are payable by us.

        Upon purchase by the underwriters of the 2,800,000 shares of common stock offered hereby, we will sell to Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. for its own account, five-year stock purchase warrants covering an aggregate of 280,000 shares of common stock exercisable at a price equal to 120% of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. will pay a price of $0.001 per share issuable upon exercise of the warrant, or $280.00. Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.'s warrants may be exercised as to all or any lesser number of shares of common stock commencing 24 months after the effective date of this offering or earlier, but not earlier than 12 months after the effective date of this offering, if and when we file a registration for the sale by us of shares of common stock or securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock (including pursuant to a stock option or other employee benefit or similar plan, or in connection with a merger or an acquisition). Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.'s warrants will contain provisions that require us, under certain circumstances, to register one time for sale or to qualify for an exemption from time to time under applicable securities laws the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.'s warrants. Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.'s warrants also have additional registration rights permitting the warrant holders, with certain restrictions, to elect to participate in registered public offerings of securities by us. For a period of one year after the effective date of this offering, Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.'s warrants are not transferable by the warrant holder other than to officers or partners of Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. and members of any selling group in connection with this offering and/or their officers or partners. Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.'s warrants' exercise price and the number of shares of common stock are subject to adjustment to protect the warrant holders against dilution in certain events.

        We and each of our executive officers, directors and stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which we refer to as the restricted period, neither we nor our executive officers, directors and stockholders will, without the prior consent Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc., directly or indirectly (1) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, with respect to our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or any such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (1) or (2) above. We and each of our executive officers, directors and stockholders have also agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, during the restricted period neither we nor our executive officers, directors and stockholders will, without the prior consent Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc., make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any securities. The 180-day restricted period will be extended if (a) during the 17 calendar days before the last day of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (b) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period after the end of the restricted period.

        Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. has advised us that it will determine to waive or shorten the lock-ups on a case-by-case basis after considering such factors as the current equity market conditions, the performance of the price of our common stock since the offering, the likely impact of any waiver on the price of our common stock and the requesting party's reason for

77



making the request. Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. has advised us that it has no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The public offering price has been determined through negotiations among us and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the public offering price were:

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby the underwriters may reclaim selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the common stock sold in the offering for their account if the underwriters repurchase the shares in stabilizing or covering transactions.

        Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common

78



shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

        The underwriters will not execute sales in discretionary accounts without the prior written specific approval of the customers.

        The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 280,000 shares of common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

        Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. They have received customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

79



LEGAL MATTERS

        Snell & Wilmer L.L.P., Costa Mesa, California, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby. O'Melveny & Myers LLP, Los Angeles, California, will pass upon legal matters relating to this offering for the underwriters.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 30, 2005 are included herein and in the registration statement in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC with respect to the registration of the common stock offered for sale with this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information about us, the common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You may also request copies of these filings, at no cost, by telephone at (800) 424-9144 or by mail to: Willdan Group, Inc., 2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300, Anaheim, California 92806, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and web site of the SEC referred to above. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.

80



WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004, December 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005 (unaudited) and June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the fiscal six months ended July 1, 2005 (unaudited) and June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors
Willdan Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and subsidiaries) as of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 30, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 30, 2005 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


 

 

/s/  
KPMG LLP      

Los Angeles, California
August 3, 2006

 

 

F-2



WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
  December 31,
2004

  December 30,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Assets                    
Current assets:                    
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 266,000   $ 3,066,000   $ 119,000  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $430,000, $492,000 and $596,000 (unaudited) at December 31, 2004, December 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006, respectively     9,493,000     11,680,000     14,167,000  
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts     7,184,000     7,229,000     7,317,000  
  Prepaid expenses     865,000     1,323,000     1,482,000  
  Other receivables     231,000     3,415,000     5,290,000  
   
 
 
 
    Total current assets     18,039,000     26,713,000     28,375,000  
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net     2,027,000     2,802,000     4,073,000  
Goodwill     2,763,000     2,763,000     2,911,000  
Other assets     394,000     519,000     726,000  
   
 
 
 
    Total assets   $ 23,223,000   $ 32,797,000   $ 36,085,000  
   
 
 
 
Liabilities and Redeemable Common Stock                    
Current liabilities:                    
  Excess of outstanding checks over bank balance   $ 196,000   $ 372,000   $ 317,000  
  Borrowings under line of credit     1,663,000          
  Accounts payable     1,134,000     1,044,000     1,405,000  
  Accrued liabilities     5,724,000     13,080,000     12,369,000  
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts     960,000     1,356,000     1,746,000  
  Current portion of notes payable     946,000     1,230,000     662,000  
  Current portion of notes payable to related parties     10,000     5,000     62,000  
  Current portion of capital lease obligations     115,000     147,000     179,000  
  Deferred state income taxes     96,000     58,000     106,000  
   
 
 
 
    Total current liabilities     10,844,000     17,292,000     16,846,000  
   
 
 
 
Borrowings under line of credit             1,319,000  
Notes payable, excluding amount due to related parties, less current portion     367,000     253,000      
Notes payable to related parties     250,000         90,000  
Capital lease obligations, less current portion     192,000     223,000     348,000  
Deferred lease obligations     93,000     369,000     373,000  
Redeemable common stock ($14,250,000, $17,043,000 aggregate redemption value at December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005, respectively and $20,400,000 (unaudited) estimated aggregate redemption value at June 30, 2006):                    
  Common stock, $0.01 par value and 40,000,000 shares authorized as of June 30, 2006; no par and 15,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005 shares; issued and outstanding 3,760,000, 4,708,000 and 4,713,000 (unaudited) shares at December 31, 2004, December 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006, respectively     2,436,000     8,023,000     47,000  
  Additional paid-in capital             7,994,000  
  Receivable from stockholders     (16,000 )   (38,000 )   (38,000 )
  Retained earnings     9,057,000     6,675,000     9,106,000  
   
 
 
 
    Total redeemable common stock     11,477,000     14,660,000     17,109,000  
   
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding              

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
Total liabilities and redeemable common stock

 

$

23,223,000

 

$

32,797,000

 

$

36,085,000

 
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3



WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
   
   
   
  Fiscal Six Months Ended
 
 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  July 1,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

 
Contract revenues   $ 54,485,000   $ 58,263,000   $ 67,263,000   $ 32,581,000   $ 38,093,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Direct costs of contract revenues:                                
  Salaries and wages     14,522,000     15,623,000     20,918,000     10,106,000     12,158,000  
  Production expenses     1,327,000     1,211,000     1,815,000     791,000     768,000  
  Subconsultant services     7,360,000     6,375,000     4,459,000     2,685,000     1,960,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total direct costs of contract revenues     23,209,000     23,209,000     27,192,000     13,582,000     14,886,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses:                                
  Salaries and wages, payroll taxes and employee benefits     17,473,000     19,711,000     22,720,000     10,966,000     13,045,000  
  Facilities     3,466,000     3,267,000     3,481,000     1,679,000     1,863,000  
  Stock-based compensation             2,002,000          
  Depreciation and amortization     865,000     1,056,000     1,257,000     523,000     723,000  
  Litigation accrual             2,686,000          
  Other     6,202,000     6,923,000     7,935,000     3,733,000     4,717,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total general and administrative expenses     28,006,000     30,957,000     40,081,000     16,901,000     20,348,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Income (loss) from operations     3,270,000     4,097,000     (10,000 )   2,098,000     2,859,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense):                                
  Interest     (366,000 )   (272,000 )   (630,000 )   (166,000 )   (411,000 )
  Other, net     1,000     (6,000 )   11,000     15,000     2,355,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other income (expense)     (365,000 )   (278,000 )   (619,000 )   (151,000 )   1,944,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Income (loss) before income taxes     2,905,000     3,819,000     (629,000 )   1,947,000     4,803,000  
Income tax provision     53,000     47,000     17,000     18,000     38,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net income (loss)   $ 2,852,000   $ 3,772,000   $ (646,000 ) $ 1,929,000   $ 4,765,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per share:                                
  Basic and diluted   $ 0.79   $ 1.03   $ (0.16 ) $ 0.51   $ 1.01  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding:                                
  Basic and diluted     3,633,000     3,653,000     3,994,000     3,758,000     4,712,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Pro Forma Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Pro forma provision for income taxes   $ 1,162,000   $ 1,528,000   $ 549,000   $ 779,000   $ 1,021,000  
Pro forma net income (loss)   $ 1,743,000   $ 2,291,000   $ (1,178,000 ) $ 1,168,000   $ 3,782,000  
Pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted   $ 0.48   $ 0.63   $ (0.29 ) $ 0.31   $ 0.80  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


\


WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Common Stock

 
  Redeemable
Common stock

   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Total
redeemable
common
stock

 
 
  Additional paid-in capital
  Receivable
from
stockholders

  Retained
earnings

 
 
  Shares
  Amount
 
Balance at December 27, 2002   3,576,000   $ 1,530,000   $   $ (3,000 ) $ 4,373,000   $ 5,900,000  

Shares purchased and canceled in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

(36,000

)

 

(40,000

)

 


 

 


 

 

(48,000

)

 

(88,000

)
Shares issued in connection with buy/sell stock plan   180,000     412,000         (18,000 )       394,000  
Receipt of stockholder receivable               3,000         3,000  
Distributions                   (400,000 )   (400,000 )
Net income                   2,852,000     2,852,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 2, 2004   3,720,000     1,902,000         (18,000 )   6,777,000     8,661,000  

Shares purchased and canceled in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

(168,000

)

 

(94,000

)

 


 

 


 

 

(407,000

)

 

(501,000

)
Shares issued in connection with buy/sell stock plan   208,000     628,000         (16,000 )       612,000  
Receipt of stockholder receivable               18,000         18,000  
Distributions                   (1,085,000 )   (1,085,000 )
Net income                   3,772,000     3,772,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2004   3,760,000     2,436,000         (16,000 )   9,057,000     11,477,000  

Shares purchased and canceled in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

(6,000

)

 

(9,000

)

 


 

 


 

 

(16,000

)

 

(25,000

)
Shares issued in connection with buy/sell stock plan   954,000     3,594,000         (38,000 )       3,556,000  
Stock-based compensation       2,002,000                 2,002,000  
Receipt of stockholder receivable               16,000         16,000  
Distributions                   (1,720,000 )   (1,720,000 )
Net loss                   (646,000 )   (646,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 30, 2005   4,708,000     8,023,000         (38,000 )   6,675,000   $ 14,660,000  

Shares issued in connection with buy/sell stock plan (unaudited)

 

5,000

 

 

18,000

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

18,000

 
Distributions                   (2,334,000 )   (2,334,000 )
Net income (unaudited)                   4,765,000     4,765,000  
Reclassification from common stock to additional paid in capital       (7,994,000 )   7,994,000              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at June 30, 2006 (unaudited)   4,713,000   $ 47,000   $ 7,994,000   $ (38,000 ) $ 9,106,000   $ 17,109,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5



WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
   
   
   
  Fiscal Six
Months Ended

 
 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  July 1,
2005

  June 30,
2006

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited) (Unaudited)

 
Cash flows from operating activities:                                
  Net income (loss)   $ 2,852,000   $ 3,772,000   $ (646,000 ) $ 1,929,000   $ 4,765,000  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                                
    Depreciation and amortization     865,000     1,056,000     1,274,000     524,000     724,000  
    Loss (gain) on sale of equipment     19,000     18,000     24,000     (6,000 )   (13,000 )
    Allowance for doubtful accounts     227,000     257,000     321,000     110,000     84,000  
    Stock-based compensation             2,002,000          
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                                
      Accounts receivable     (1,336,000 )   (906,000 )   (2,508,000 )   (1,842,000 )   (2,571,000 )
      Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts     (901,000 )   (1,056,000 )   (45,000 )   (888,000 )   (88,000 )
      Prepaid expenses     (30,000 )   110,000     (458,000 )   94,000     182,000  
      Other receivables     (88,000 )   (95,000 )   (3,184,000 )   34,000     (1,875,000 )
      Other assets     (2,000 )   (211,000 )   (115,000 )   (336,000 )   (111,000 )
      Accounts payable     93,000     (43,000 )   (90,000 )   89,000     361,000  
      Accrued liabilities     605,000     1,139,000     7,356,000     (540,000 )   (711,000 )
      Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts     364,000     (257,000 )   396,000     191,000     390,000  
      Deferred state income taxes         69,000     (38,000 )       48,000  
      Deferred lease obligations     (46,000 )   26,000     276,000     187,000     4,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     2,622,000     3,879,000     4,565,000     (454,000 )   1,189,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                                
  Purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements     (650,000 )   (981,000 )   (1,885,000 )   (738,000 )   (1,754,000 )
  Proceeds from sale of equipment     13,000     36,000     28,000     7,000     4,000  
  Purchase of other assets             (15,000 )       (100,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net cash used in investing activities     (637,000 )   (945,000 )   (1,872,000 )   (731,000 )   (1,850,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                                
  Changes in excess of outstanding checks over bank balance     287,000     (497,000 )   176,000     299,000     (55,000 )
  Payments on notes payable     (1,463,000 )   (1,393,000 )   (1,685,000 )   (1,550,000 )   (820,000 )
  Proceeds from notes payable     1,488,000     602,000     1,855,000     1,258,000      
  Borrowings under line of credit     14,061,000     15,682,000     12,504,000     23,553,000     10,060,000  
  Repayments of line of credit     (15,673,000 )   (16,228,000 )   (14,167,000 )   (19,688,000 )   (8,741,000 )
  Principal payments on capital leases     (97,000 )   (126,000 )   (148,000 )   (60,000 )   (70,000 )
  Payments on liabilities to stockholders     (250,000 )   (250,000 )   (255,000 )   (3,000 )   (3,000 )
  Proceeds from stockholder receivables     3,000     18,000     16,000          
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock     394,000     612,000     3,556,000         18,000  
  Distributions to stockholders     (400,000 )   (1,085,000 )   (1,720,000 )   (1,320,000 )   (2,334,000 )
  Payments to acquire retired stock     (88,000 )   (501,000 )   (25,000 )   (15,000 )    
  Payment of deferred offering costs                     (341,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (1,738,000 )   (3,166,000 )   107,000     2,474,000     (2,286,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     247,000     (232,000 )   2,800,000     1,289,000     (2,947,000 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period     251,000     498,000     266,000     266,000     3,066,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period   $ 498,000   $ 266,000   $ 3,066,000   $ 1,555,000   $ 119,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:                                
  Cash paid during the period for:                                
    Interest   $ 371,000   $ 266,000   $ 239,000   $ 166,000   $ 102,000  
    Income taxes     15,000     35,000     79,000     65,000     38,000  
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:                                
  Equipment acquired under capital leases   $ 102,000   $ 223,000   $ 211,000   $ 134,000   $ 271,000  
  Amounts receivable from issuance of common stock     18,000     16,000     38,000          
  Note payable issued in connection with acquisition of assets                     150,000  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6



WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY

        Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) is a provider of outsourced services to small and mid-sized public agencies in California and other western states. Outsourcing enables these agencies to provide a wide range of specialized services, without having to incur and maintain the overhead necessary to develop staffing in-house. The Company provides a broad range of services to public agencies including civil engineering, building and safety services, geotechnical engineering, financial and economic consulting, and disaster preparedness and homeland security. Clients primarily consist of cities, counties, redevelopment agencies, water districts, school districts and universities, state agencies, federal agencies, a variety of other special districts and agencies, and trial governments.

        Willdan Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is the successor to The Willdan Group of Companies, a California corporation. Willdan Group, Inc. was formed during fiscal year 2006, as a subsidiary of The Willdan Group of Companies, and on June 30, 2006, the assets and liabilities of The Willdan Group of Companies were transferred to Willdan Group, Inc. Since the transaction occurred between entities under common control, the transfer was recorded at historical carrying values in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method of accounting. Hereinafter, Willdan Group refers to both Willdan Group, Inc and its predecessor, The Willdan Group of Companies.

        The Company, which is owned by its employees, board members and a service provider, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected to be treated as an S Corporation for purposes of federal and state income taxes. Effective upon completion of the Company's proposed initial public offering (IPO), the S Corporation status will terminate and thereafter the Company will be subject to federal and state income taxes as a C Corporation.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Willdan Group and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Willdan, MuniFinancial, and Arroyo Geotechnical, which was previously a division of Willdan. Additionally, two other wholly owned subsidiaries, American Homeland Solutions and Public Agency Resources, were formed during fiscal year 2004 and began operations in fiscal year 2005. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        The Company operates and reports financial results on a fiscal year of 52 or 53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to December 31. Fiscal year 2003 was a 53-week year. Fiscal years 2004 and 2005 were 52-week years. All references to years in the notes to consolidated financial statements represent fiscal years.

        On August 4, 2004, the Company's board of directors declared a four-for-one stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. Stockholders of record as of the close of business on January 1, 2005 received three additional shares for each share held on the record date. Share and per share data for

F-7


all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures have been adjusted to give effect to this stock dividend.

        All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds and various deposit accounts. Outstanding checks in excess of cash on deposit have been reclassified to current liabilities.

        The Company from time to time may be exposed to credit risk with its bank deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

        As of December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005, the carrying amounts of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, prepaid expenses, other receivables, accounts payable, excess of outstanding checks over bank balance, accrued liabilities, billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, and payable to stockholders approximate their fair values because of the relatively short period of time between the origination of these instruments and their expected realization. The carrying amounts of notes payable under lines of credit, note payable to stockholders and other notes payable approximate their fair values since the terms are comparable to terms currently offered by local lending institutions for loans of similar terms to companies with comparable credit risk.

        The Company consists of six legal entities organized as a holding company with five subsidiary companies. The Company presents segment information externally the same way management uses financial data internally to make operating decisions and assess performance. Willdan Group, the holding company, performs all administrative functions on behalf of the subsidiary companies, such as treasury, legal, accounting, information systems and human resources, and earns revenues that are only incidental to the activities of the enterprise. As a result, Willdan Group does not meet the definition of an operating segment. Three of the five subsidiary companies are aggregated into one segment since they have similar characteristics including the nature of services, the methods used to provide services and the type of customer. The remaining two subsidiary companies each comprise an operating segment.

        Other than lease commitments, legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of business, and employment contracts, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities. In addition, the Company's policy is not to enter into derivative instruments, futures or forward contracts. Finally, the Company does not have any majority-owned subsidiaries or any interests

F-8


in, or relationships with, any special-purpose entities that are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

        The Company enters into contracts with its clients that contain three principal types of pricing provisions: fixed fee, time-and-materials, and unit-based. Revenues on fixed fee contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method based generally on the ratio of direct costs incurred to date to estimated total direct costs at completion. Revenue on time-and-materials and unit-based contracts are recognized as the work is performed in accordance with specific terms of the contract. Revenue for amounts that have been billed but not earned is deferred and such deferred revenue is referred to as billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        Adjustments to contract cost estimates are made in the periods in which the facts requiring such revisions become known. When the revised estimate indicates a loss, such loss is provided for currently in its entirety. Claims revenue is recognized only upon resolution of the claim. Change orders in dispute are evaluated as claims. Costs related to unpriced change orders are expensed when incurred and recognition of the related contract revenue is based on an evaluation of the probability of recovery of the costs. Estimated profit is recognized for unpriced change orders if realization of the expected price of the change order is assured beyond a reasonable doubt.

        Applying the percentage-of-completion method of recognizing revenue requires the Company to estimate the indicated outcome of its long-term contracts. The Company forecasts such outcomes to the best of its knowledge and belief of current and expected conditions and its expected course of action. Differences between the Company's estimates and actual results often occur resulting in changes to reported revenues and earnings. Such changes could have a material effect on future consolidated financial statements.

        Direct costs of contract revenues consist primarily of that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages that has been incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues also include production expenses, subconsultant services and other expenses that are incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues exclude that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages related to marketing efforts, vacations, holidays and other time not spent directly generating revenues under existing contracts. Such costs are included in general and administrative expenses. Additionally, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefit costs for all Company personnel are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations since no allocation of these costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues. No allocation of facilities costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues nor is depreciation and amortization allocated to direct costs. Other companies may classify as direct costs of contract revenues some of the costs that the Company classifies as general and administrative costs. We expense direct costs of contract revenues when incurred.

        Accounts receivables are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based upon a review of all outstanding amounts on a monthly basis. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Credit risk is minimal with governmental entities. Accounts

F-9



receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

        The value of retainage is included in accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Retainage represents the billed amount that is retained by the customer, in accordance with the terms of the contract, generally until performance is substantially complete. At December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005, the Company had retained accounts receivable of approximately $53,000 and $67,000, respectively.

        All of the Company's office leases are classified as operating leases and rent expense is included in facilities expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Some of the lease terms include rent concessions and rent escalation clauses, all of which are taken into account in computing minimum lease payments. Minimum lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. The excess of rents recognized over the amounts contractually due pursuant to the underlying leases is reflected as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The cost of improvements that we make to the leased office space is capitalized as leasehold improvements.

        Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Depreciation and amortization on equipment are calculated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of two to five years. Leasehold improvements and assets under capital leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease.

        Following are the estimated useful lives used to calculate depreciation and amortization:

Category

  Estimated Useful Life

Furniture and fixtures   5 years
Computer hardware   2 years
Computer software   3 years
Automobiles and trucks   3 years
Field equipment   5 years

        Equipment and leasehold improvements are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

F-10



        Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of the assets acquired. The goodwill, which has an indefinite useful life, is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. As of December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005, all of the goodwill relates to MuniFinancial assets acquired. As of June 30, 2006, goodwill also includes amounts related to the acquisition of the assets of an entity that developed and delivered training courses (unaudited).

        The Company records liabilities to claimants for probable and estimable claims on its consolidated balance sheet, which is included in accrued liabilities, and records a corresponding receivable from the insurance company for the portion of the claim that is probable of being covered by insurance, which is included in other receivables. The estimated claim amount net of the amount estimated to be recoverable from the insurance company is included in general and administrative expense.

        Prior to fiscal year 2005, the Company recognized no compensation expense related to its book value stock purchase plan based on changes in the formula price during the employment period since the employees make a substantive investment that would be at risk for a reasonable period of time.

        Book value shares granted under the purchase plan during fiscal year 2005 were considered to have been granted in contemplation of the IPO, and, accordingly, compensation cost was recorded for the difference between the formula value and the estimated fair value of those shares at the date of issuance.

        In the evaluation of the fair value of the stock considered to be issued in contemplation of the IPO, the Company considered the proximity of the issuance to the offering, intervening events, transfer restrictions and exercise dates, and profitability and financial condition of the Company.

        For federal income tax purposes, the Company reports as an S Corporation wherein the Company elected and the stockholders consented to be taxed in a manner similar to partners in a general partnership. Since federal income taxes on S Corporation income are the responsibility of the individual stockholders, no federal tax provision is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company elected to be treated as an S Corporation for state tax purposes and has provided for state income taxes at the applicable statutory rate.

        Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and

F-11



liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

        In accordance with industry practice, amounts realizable and payable under contracts, which may extend beyond one year, are included in current assets and liabilities.

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which addresses the accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services, with a primary focus on transactions in which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions. This Statement is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related implementation guidance. This Statement requires measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for stock compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Incremental compensation costs arising from subsequent modifications of awards after the grant date must be recognized. The Company adopted this Statement on January 1, 2006 under the modified prospective method of application. Under that method, compensation costs are recognized for new grants of share-based awards, awards modified after the adoption date, and the remaining portion of the fair value of the unvested awards at the adoption date; however, the Company has no unvested awards as of the adoption date. The adoption of SFAS 123R did not have any effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements as of the date of adoption.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2006 and for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 and July 1, 2005 are unaudited and they do not include all of the disclosures required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, such financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the respective interim periods in accordance with GAAP. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for the full fiscal year.

F-12


3. EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

        Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following:

 
  December 31,
2004

  December 30,
2005

Furniture and fixtures   $ 3,630,000   $ 4,061,000
Computer hardware and software     3,108,000     3,126,000
Leasehold improvements     643,000     791,000
Equipment under capital leases     485,000     618,000
Automobiles, trucks, and field equipment     330,000     373,000
   
 
      8,196,000     8,969,000
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     6,169,000     6,167,000
   
 
    $ 2,027,000   $ 2,802,000
   
 

        Included in accumulated depreciation and amortization is $107,000 and $139,000 of amortization related to equipment held under capital leases in 2004 and 2005, respectively.

4. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

        Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 
  December 31,
2004

  December 30,
2005

Accrued bonuses   $ 1,987,000   $ 2,934,000
Paid leave bank     1,306,000     1,453,000
Compensation and payroll taxes     1,112,000     1,376,000
Accrued legal     261,000     73,000
Accrued workers' compensation insurance     206,000     257,000
Litigation accrual         5,951,000
Accrued interest     5,000     377,000
Other     847,000     659,000
   
 
    $ 5,724,000   $ 13,080,000
   
 

F-13


5. NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

        Notes payable, excluding amount due to stockholder, consist of the following:

 
  2004
  2005
Note payable to bank, bearing interest at prime plus 0.25% (7.50% at December 30, 2005), payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $40,000 with maturity on July 1, 2007, secured by accounts receivable and equipment, guaranteed by a principal stockholder   $   $ 718,000
Unsecured notes payable to insurance companies to finance insurance premiums, interest at 4.93%, payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $96,000 through August 2006     406,000     755,000
Notes payable for automobiles, 36-48-month terms, bearing interest at 6.25% to 7.20%, payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $3,000 and $1,000 at December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005, respectively, maturing through 2007, secured by Company vehicles     94,000     10,000
Equipment term loan payable to bank for equipment financing, secured by equipment purchased, bearing interest at the prime rate plus 1.00% (6.25% at December 31, 2004), this note was repaid during 2005     121,000    
Note payable to bank, secured by substantially all the assets of the            
Company, bearing interest at the prime rate plus 0.75% (6.0% at            
December 31, 2004), this note was repaid during 2005     528,000    
Note payable to bank for equipment financing, bore interest at the prime rate plus 1.25% (6.50% at December 31, 2004), this note was repaid during 2005     121,000    
Note payable to a former stockholder of the Company bearing interest equal to the interest on a three-year US Treasury Note plus 1.00% (2.29% at December 31, 2004), adjusted annually, this note was repaid during 2005     43,000    
   
 
      1,313,000     1,483,000
Less current portion     946,000     1,230,000
   
 
Other notes payable, excluding amount due to stockholder, less current portion   $ 367,000   $ 253,000
   
 

        Under a revolving line of credit dated June 24, 2005, the Company has available an $8,000,000 line of credit facility with a bank. The line of credit, which matures on July 31, 2007, bears interest at prime plus 0.25% (7.50% at December 30, 2005), is secured by substantially all assets of the Company and is personally guaranteed by a principal stockholder. Additionally, pursuant to the Company's stock buy/sell agreement, where a stockholder is, or has been, required to guarantee the debts of the Company, each of the remaining stockholders has agreed to share such guarantee in proportion to their ownership interest in the Company. There were no outstanding borrowings under this agreement at December 30, 2005. The outstanding borrowings as of June 30, 2006 totaled $1,319,000 (unaudited).

        The loan agreements for the revolving line-of-credit and the note payable for which $718,000 is outstanding as of December 30, 2005, limits dividend distributions other than to enable stockholders to satisfy income tax obligations and require the Company to obtain written consent to enter into certain transactions with its stockholders. Borrowings outstanding under these agreements are subject to

F-14



repayment acceleration and a defined default rate of interest in the event of default in the performance or observance, when due, of any term, covenant, or condition of the agreements. At December 30, 2005 the Company was in compliance with covenants included in the line-of-credit and term loan agreements.

        The Company had available a $5,500,000 line of credit with a bank that expired in June 2005, of which $1,663,000 was outstanding at December 31, 2004. The line of credit bore interest at the prime rate plus 0.5% (5.75% at December 31, 2004) and was secured by substantially all assets of the Company and was guaranteed by a principal stockholder.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company had an outstanding note payable with a principal stockholder of the Company. This subordinated note, secured by the accounts receivable of the Company, bore interest at the prime rate plus 1.5% and was due January 1, 2006; however, the note was repaid in full during fiscal year 2005. Interest paid to the stockholder amounted to approximately $43,000, $29,000 and $14,000 during fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

        Principal maturities of notes payable as of December 30, 2005 are as follows:

2006   $ 1,230,000
2007     253,000
   
    $ 1,483,000
   

6. BOOK VALUE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

      The Company has a program whereby selected employees, contract employees, officers and directors of the Company may purchase redeemable shares of the Company's stock. The purpose of the program is to provide for continuity of management by establishing a plan under which the stock of the Company will remain in the hands of those individuals who are or will be actively responsible for the continued success of the Company and who desire to own such stock. The existing stockholders must approve additional sales of stock and the Company's board of directors determines which individuals and how many shares each of these individuals may purchase. Company employees and directors own most of the Company's stock and every share of the Company's stock is covered by the stock buy/sell agreement (the Agreement).

        The stockholders may not transfer ownership of the stock other than to hold title to the stock in a trust for the benefit of the stockholder and/or his or her spouse, children or estate. Stockholders who wish to sell the stock must tender an offer of the stock to the Company or to another Company stockholder. Termination of employment with the Company does not trigger a requirement to sell the stock back to the Company. However, the Company has the right to repurchase any of the stock at any time from any stockholder.

        All purchases and repurchases of stock are priced based on the same formula and there is no vesting period. The Company has various options with respect to repurchasing the stock tendered by the stockholders as specified in the Agreement. If the repurchase of stock is involuntary (i.e., the Company demands the repurchase), then the Company must immediately pay cash for 100% of the shares.

F-15



        The Agreement shall terminate upon agreement of all parties, dissolution or bankruptcy of the Company, and if the Company becomes a public company.

        During fiscal year 2005, individuals purchased 954,000 shares of the Company's redeemable common stock at $3.77 per share pursuant to awards of stock purchase rights granted by the Company's board of directors. At the time of the stock sales, the Company had preliminary plans to become a public company. Accordingly, the fiscal year 2005 sales of common stock were considered to be in contemplation of the Company's proposed IPO and the difference between the aggregate estimated fair value of the shares and the aggregate formula-based price was recorded as an expense in fiscal year 2005. The expense totaled $2.0 million and is included as stock based compensation within general and administrative expenses.

        In the evaluation of the fair value of the stock considered to be issued in contemplation of the IPO, the Company considered the profitability and financial condition of the Company, the proximity of the issuance to the offering, intervening events, transfer restrictions and exercise dates.

7. COMMITMENTS

        The Company is obligated under capital leases for certain furniture and office equipment that expire at various dates through the year 2009.

        The Company also leases certain office facilities under noncancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through the year 2012 and is committed under noncancelable operating leases for the lease of computer equipment and automobiles through the year 2008.

        Future minimum rental payments under capital and noncancelable operating leases are summarized as follows:

 
  Capital
  Operating
Fiscal year:            
  2006   $ 165,000   $ 3,228,000
  2007     140,000     3,215,000
  2008     76,000     2,494,000
  2009     25,000     1,800,000
  2010         1,530,000
  Thereafter         1,850,000
   
 
    Total future minimum lease payments   $ 406,000   $ 14,117,000
         
Amount representing interest (at rates ranging from 4.75% to 10.0%)     36,000      
   
     
    Present value of net minimum lease payments under capital leases     370,000      
Less current portion     147,000      
   
     
    $ 223,000      
   
     

        Rent expense and related charges for common area maintenance for all facility operating leases for 2003, 2004 and 2005 was approximately $2,236,000, $2,322,000 and $2,483,000, respectively.

F-16



        The Company has a qualified profit sharing plan (the Plan) pursuant to Code Section 401(a) and qualified cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Code Section 401(k) covering substantially all employees. Employees may elect to contribute up to 50% of compensation limited to the amount allowed by tax laws. Company contributions are made solely at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors. The Company made matching contributions of approximately $201,000, $224,000 and $231,000 during 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

        The Company has an incentive bonus plan for regional managers, division managers and others as determined by the Company president. Bonuses are awarded under this plan based on five to twenty-five percent of the eligible employee's annual salary if certain financial goals are achieved. The financial goals are not stated in the plan; rather they are judgmentally determined each year. In addition, the Board of Directors may declare discretionary bonuses to key employees and all employees are eligible for what the Company refers to as the "hot hand" bonus program, which pays awards for outstanding performance. Bonuses declared for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005 totaled approximately $1,602,000, $2,427,000 and $3,322,000, respectively, of which approximately $1,987,000 and $2,934,000, which represents annual performance bonuses, is included in accrued liabilities at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

        In May 2006, the Company's board of directors approved providing lifetime health insurance coverage for the Company's chief executive officer and his spouse and for the widow of the Company's former chief executive officer, Mrs. Heil, who is also a Company board member. Additionally, the board approved health insurance coverage for Mrs. Heil's two dependents until they reach the maximum age for dependent coverage under the Company's health insurance policy.

        During the second fiscal quarter of 2006, the Company recorded general and administrative expense equal to the present value of the expected payments for health insurance coverage for Mrs. Heil and her dependents and began to amortize, to general and administrative expense, the present value of the expected payments for post employment health coverage for the Company's chief executive officer and his spouse over the period from approval of the benefit to the estimated date of retirement.

8. INCOME TAXES

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2,005
 
Current state taxes   $ 26,000   $ 46,000   $ 55,000  
Deferred state taxes     27,000     1,000     (38,000 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 53,000   $ 47,000   $ 17,000  
   
 
 
 

F-17


        The provision (benefit) for income taxes differ from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U. S. federal income tax rate to pretax income due to the lack of federal income taxes resulting from the Company's S Corporation election and due to state income taxes.

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the net deferred tax assets are as follows:

 
  December 31,
2004

  December 30,
2005

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Accrued litigation judgment   $   $ 46,000  
  Accounts receivable allowance     4,000     4,000  
  Equipment and leasehold improvement depreciation     5,000     7,000  
  Other accrued liabilities     13,000     9,000  
   
 
 
      22,000     66,000  
   
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Deferred revenue     (106,000 )   (105,000 )
  Goodwill amortization     (12,000 )   (15,000 )
  Other         (4,000 )
   
 
 
      (118,000 )   (124,000 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)   $ (96,000 ) $ (58,000 )
   
 
 

        Management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets existing at December 30, 2005. Further, management believes the existing net deductible temporary differences will reverse during periods in which the Company generates net taxable income. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will generate taxable earnings or any specific level of continuing earnings in the future.

9. SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company has three segments, engineering services, public finance services and homeland security services. The engineering services segment includes Willdan, Arroyo Geotechnical and Public Agency Resources. The engineering services segment performs services for a broad range of public agency clients and offers a full complement of engineering, building and safety, construction management, and municipal planning services to clients throughout the western United States. The public finance services segment, which consists of MuniFinancial, provides expertise and support for the various financing techniques employed by public agencies to finance their operations and infrastructure along with the mandated reporting and other requirements associated with these financings. The homeland security services segment, which consists of American Homeland Solutions, provides homeland security and public safety consulting services to cities, counties and related municipal service agencies.

        The accounting policies applied to determine the segment information are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. There were no intersegment sales for each

F-18



of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 30, 2005. Management evaluates the performance of each segment based upon income or loss before year-end performance bonuses and income taxes. Certain segment asset information including expenditures for long-lived assets has not been presented as it is not reported to or reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. In addition, enterprise-wide service line contract revenues are not included as it is impracticable to report this information for each group of similar services.

        Financial information with respect to the reportable segments and reconciliation to the amounts reported in the Company's consolidated financial statements follows:

 
  Engineering
Services

  Public
Finance
Services

  Homeland Security Services
  Unallocated
Corporate

  Intersegment
  Consolidated
Total

 
Fiscal Year 2003                                      
  Contract revenue   $ 45,498,000   $ 8,987,000   $   $   $   $ 54,485,000  
  Depreciation and amortization     627,000     238,000                 865,000  
  Interest expense     317,000     49,000                 366,000  
  Segment profit before bonuses and income taxes     2,996,000     1,165,000                 4,161,000  
  Annual performance bonuses     799,000     267,000         190,000         1,256,000  
  Income tax provision     39,000     13,000         1,000         53,000  
  Net income (loss)     2,158,000     885,000         (191,000 )(2)       2,852,000  
  Segment assets     16,673,000     6,766,000         7,672,000   (3)   (9,651,000 )   21,460,000  

Fiscal Year 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Contract revenue     48,615,000     9,648,000                 58,263,000  
  Depreciation and amortization     786,000     270,000                 1,056,000  
  Interest expense     229,000     43,000                 272,000  
  Segment profit before bonuses and income taxes     4,229,000     1,576,000         1,000         5,806,000  
  Annual performance bonuses     1,137,000     411,000         439,000         1,987,000  
  Income tax provision     29,000     17,000         1,000         47,000  
  Net income (loss)     3,063,000     1,148,000         (439,000 )(1)       3,772,000  
  Segment assets     19,754,000     8,236,000         8,356,000   (2)   (13,123,000 )   23,223,000  

Fiscal Year 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Contract revenue     56,908,000     10,265,000     90,000             67,263,000  
  Depreciation and amortization     969,000     283,000     5,000             1,257,000  
  Interest expense     578,000     40,000     12,000             630,000  
  Segment profit (loss) before bonuses and income taxes     3,583,000     1,118,000     (352,000 )   (2,044,000 )       2,305,000  
  Annual performance bonuses     1,967,000     340,000     20,000     607,000         2,934,000  
  Income tax provision     3,000     1,000     1,000     12,000         17,000  
  Net income (loss)     1,613,000     777,000     (373,000 )   (2,663,000 )(1)       (646,000 )
  Segment assets     29,757,000     9,013,000     97,000     13,385,000   (2)   (19,455,000 )   32,797,000  

(1)
The following sets forth the amounts included in the net income (loss) that was Unallocated Corporate for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005:

F-19


 
  Fiscal Year
2003

  Fiscal Year
2004

  Fiscal Year
2005

Unallocated net income (loss):                  
  Annual performance bonuses   $ 190,000   $ 439,000   $ 607,000
  Special bonuses             42,000
  Stock-based compensation             2,002,000
  Income tax provision     1,000         12,000
   
 
 
    $ 191,000   $ 439,000   $ 2,663,000
   
 
 
(2)
The following sets forth the assets that are included in Unallocated Corporate for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005.

 
  Fiscal Year
2003

  Fiscal Year
2004

  Fiscal Year
2005

Assets:                  
  Cash   $ 64,000   $ 112,000   $ 2,912,000
  Prepaid expenses     131,000     184,000     1.093,000
  Intercompany receivables     1,829,000     2,108,000     3,028,000
  Other receivables     13,000     98,000     40,000
  Equipment and leasehold improvements, net     172,000     304,000     779,000
  Investments in subsidiaries     5,354,000     5,354,000     5,354,000
  Other assets     109,000     196,000     179,000
   
 
 
    $ 7,672,000   $ 8,356,000   $ 13,385,000
   
 
 

10. OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

      Included in subconsultant services expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations are expenses for services provided to the Company by an affiliate of a member of the Company's board of directors totaling $77,000, $43,000 and $68,000 for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

        Included in other general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations are expenses for services provided to the Company by an affiliate of a member of the Company's board of directors totaling $20,000, $35,000 and $42,000 for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

11. PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES (UNAUDITED)

        Upon completion of the proposed IPO (as more fully described in Note 1), the Company will not qualify as an S corporation. Thus, the Company will be taxed at regular corporate rates. For informational purposes, the Company's consolidated statements of operations include pro forma adjustments for income taxes at a 40% rate that would have been recorded if the Company was a C corporation. The pro forma tax provision for fiscal year 2005 reflects the non-deductibility of stock based compensation expense and the pro forma tax provision for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 reflects the nontaxability of life insurance proceeds.

F-20



        Assuming the proposed IPO closed June 30, 2006, the company would have recorded a one-time noncash charge of approximately $2.8 million to adjust its deferred tax accounts resulting from the change in the Company's tax status.

12. CONTINGENCIES

        The Company is subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits, including those alleging professional errors or omissions that arise in the ordinary course of business against firms that operate in the engineering and consulting professions. The Company carries professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy limits, for such claims as they arise and may from time to time establish reserves for litigation that is considered probable of loss.

        The Company is currently involved in a dispute with the City of West Hollywood that was initiated in fiscal year 2002. This matter concerns a construction project in the City of West Hollywood, California, for the improvement of Santa Monica Boulevard. The project required the reconstruction of approximately three miles of roadway. The city and the general contractor claimed that the structural design the Company prepared was inadequate for the volume and type of traffic on Santa Monica Boulevard.

        In the fourth quarter of 2005, following a trial in the Los Angeles County Superior Court in California, the jury rendered a verdict against the Company and awarded damages in the amount of $6.3 million, including attorney's fees, interest and costs. As of December 30, 2005, management estimated that approximately $3.2 million of the damages was covered by the Company's professional liability insurance policy. Accordingly, in fiscal year 2005, the Company expensed $2.7 million of this judgment, and recorded related interest expense of $0.4 million. See Note 11 for further information on the increase to the insurance coverage related to this matter during fiscal year 2006. Related to this matter, the Company has recorded $3.2 million in other receivables and $6.3 million in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 30, 2005.

        The Company's insurance carrier has posted bonds and retained counsel to file an appeal with respect to this matter. During the appeal process, interest will accrue on the outstanding judgment at the rate of 10% per annum. The Company cannot predict the outcome of this appeal process.

        The Company's redeemable common stock issued during fiscal year 2005 may not have been exempt from registration or qualification under federal and state securities laws and the Company may not have obtained the required registrations or qualifications. Accordingly, the Company made rescission offers to the holders of these shares during July 2006 as permitted under California securities law. Each of the holders who purchased shares during fiscal year 2005 irrevocably rejected the Company's rescission offer. Prior to the rescission offer, management believed there was only a remote likelihood that a rescission offer would be accepted by any of the affected stockholders and prior to issuing the fiscal year 2005 consolidated financial statements, all of the holders of these shares had rejected the rescission offer, which further substantiated management's belief that the likelihood of rescission was remote. Further, management believes that the 2005 stock offering satisified the

F-21


Section 4(2) exemption of the Securites Act of 1933, as amended, based on the limited nature of the offering, the level of knowledge and relationships of the purchasers and the information provided by the Company to the purchasers.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On May 15, 2006, the Company's co-founder and chief executive officer, Dan W. Heil, passed away. The Company carried two life insurance policies on Mr. Heil totaling $2.25 million in coverage. In June 2006, the proceeds from the $250,000 policy were received by the Company. In July 2006, the Company received the proceeds from the $2.0 million policy. The $2.3 million is included in other, net under other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and the $2.0 million received in July 2006 is also included in other receivables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2006 (unaudited).

        In the third fiscal quarter of 2006, the Company obtained a court ruling awarding the Company approximately $1.0 million that had been previously paid by the Company's insurance policy in an unrelated claim that arose in fiscal year 2002. Because the claim arose in 2002, the Company will be able to replenish its insurance coverage and deductible by $1.0 million for that policy year. As a result, the Company has $1.0 million of additional insurance coverage available for the West Hollywood case discussed in note 12 since that claim also arose in 2002. Therefore, the Company expects to reflect an additional receivable of approximately $1.0 million from the insurance company in the third fiscal quarter and a corresponding reduction in the litigation accrual expense related to the West Hollywood litigation.

F-22




2,800,000 Shares

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


Wedbush Morgan Securities

                , 2006

        Until                        , 2006 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.





PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.

        Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fees.

SEC registration fee   $ 3,446
NASD filing fee     3,720
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee     100,000
Printing and engraving expenses     100,000
Legal fees and expenses     600,000
Accounting fees and expenses     550,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)     10,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses     100,000
Miscellaneous     32,834
   
  Total   $ 1,500,000
   

Item 14.

        Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

II-1



        Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Article V of our certificate of incorporation (the "Charter"), provides that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or other distributions pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our Charter provides that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

        Article V of the Charter further provides that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the Delaware General Corporation Law will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.

        Article IX of our amended and restated by-laws (the "By-Laws"), provides that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers certain employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the Delaware General Corporation Law permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director's, officer's or employee's behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Article IX of the By-Laws further provides for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of the board of directors, to certain officers and employees.

        In addition, Article IX of the By-Laws provides that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the Charter or By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, Article IX of the By-Laws authorizes us to provide insurance for our directors, officers and employees, against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of Article IX of the By-Laws.

II-2



        In connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and the Charter and By-Laws.

        We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

        In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against certain liabilities.

Item 15.

        Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

        On June 30, 2006, we issued an aggregate of 4,712,640 shares of our common stock to the 75 shareholders of The Willdan Group of Companies, Inc., a California corporation ("Willdan California"). The shares were issued in connection with the merger of Willdan California into Willdan Group in order to effect its reincorporation in the state of Delaware. The shares were issued in reliance on Rule 145(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        In January 2006 we issued an aggregate of 4,900 shares of our common stock to four management level employees of our various subsidiaries for an aggregate purchase price of $17,798 (or $3.62 per share).

        From August 2005 thru October 2005 we issued an aggregate of 953,500 shares of our common stock to 59 management level employees of our various subsidiaries for an aggregate purchase price of $3,594,695 (or $3.77 per share). These issuances were all part of the same stock offering.

        With respect to the transactions in 2005 and 2006, the offer and sale of shares were not registered or qualified under federal or state securities laws, and exemptions from registration and qualification provided by these securities laws may not have been available or may not have been perfected. Consequently, we may be deemed to have violated the registration and qualification requirements of these securities laws with respect to the offer and sale of the common stock. To address this matter, in July 2006 we made a repurchase offer to the holders of the shares of common stock in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the commissioner of the California Department of Corporations. Under the repurchase offer, we offered to repurchase from each stockholder all of his or her shares purchased during the period in question at a price equal to the original purchase price paid by such stockholder plus interest at an annual rate of 7% from the date of purchase. All of the stockholders elected to decline the repurchase offer.

        Effective January 1, 2005, we issued an aggregate of 2,820,000 additional shares of common stock to stockholders of record as of January 1, 2005 in connection with a stock dividend approved by our board of directors as of August 4, 2004. In connection with the stock dividend, each stockholder received an additional three shares of common stock for each one share of common stock owned by such stockholders as of the record date. The issuance of common stock was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 3(a)(9).

        From June 2004 thru August 2004 we issued an aggregate of 208,400 shares of our common stock to 33 management level employees of our various subsidiaries for an aggregate purchase price of

II-3



$628,326 (or $3.02 per share). These issuances were all part of the same stock offering. The number of shares and per share price have been adjusted to give effect to the stock dividend on January 1, 2005.

        From May 2003 thru August 2003, we issued an aggregate of 179,600 shares of our common stock to 33 management level employees of our various subsidiaries for an aggregate purchase price of $411,733 (or $2.29 per share). These issuances were all part of the same stock offering. The number of shares and per share price have been adjusted to give effect to the stock dividend on January 1, 2005.

        Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed by the Registrant to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The purchasers comprised a select group of officers, directors, managers and service providers who, as a group, have had longstanding relationships with and knowledge of the Registrant and its senior management and board. The purchasers were provided financial and other information, concerning the Company and were allowed the opportunity to ask questions and receive information from the Company prior to making their investment decisions. The purchasers represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes and not with a view to sell or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Based on the limited nature of the offering, the level of knowledge and relationships of the purchasers with the Company, the provision and access to information and restrictions on transfer, the Company believes its offering satisfied the Section 4(2) exemption of the Act.

Item 16.

        Exhibits

        (a)   See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

        (b)   Financial Statement Schedules

        None.

Item 17.

        Undertakings.

        *(f) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        *(h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        *(i) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:


*
Paragraph references correspond to those of Regulation S-K, Item 512

II-4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Anaheim, State of California on September 19, 2006.

    WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MALLORY MCCAMANT      
       
    Mallory McCamant
Chief Financial Officer


SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of Willdan Group, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint Win Westfall and Mallory McCamant, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the registration statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on September 19, 2006:

Signature

  Title(s)
*
Win Westfall
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MALLORY MCCAMANT      
Mallory McCamant

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

Linda Heil

 

Director

*

W. Tracy Lenocker

 

Director
     

II-5



/s/  
KEITH RENKEN      
Keith W. Renken

 

Director

/s/  
CHELL SMITH      
Chell Smith

 

Director

*By:

 

/s/  
MALLORY MCCAMANT      
Mallory McCamant
Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

II-6



EXHIBIT INDEX

Number
  Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant(1)

3.2

 

Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant(1)

4.1

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for shares of the Registrant's Common Stock

5.1

 

Opinion of Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.

10.1

 

Commercial Loan Agreement for $8,000,000 Revolving Draw Loan, dated June 24, 2005, between The Willdan Group of Companies and Orange County Business Bank, N.A. relating to the Promissory Note in 10.2(1)

10.2

 

Promissory Note for $8,000,000 Revolving Draw Loan, dated June 24, 2005, by The Willdan Group of Companies in favor of Orange County Business Bank, N.A.(1)

10.3

 

Security Agreement, dated June 24, 2005, between The Willdan Group of Companies and Orange County Business Bank, N.A. relating to the Promissory Note in 10.2(1)

10.4

 

Commercial Loan Agreement for $900,000 Term Loan, dated June 24, 2005, between The Willdan Group of Companies and Orange County Business Bank, N.A. relating to the Promissory Note in 10.5(1)

10.5

 

Promissory Note for $900,000 Term Loan, dated June 24, 2005, by The Willdan Group of Companies in favor of Orange County Business Bank, N.A.(1)

10.6

 

Security Agreement, dated June 24, 2005, between The Willdan Group of Companies and Orange County Business Bank, N.A. relating to the Promissory Note in 10.5(1)

10.7

 

Willdan Associates Incentive Bonus Plan, effective May 1, 1996(1)

10.8

 

MuniFinancial 2005 Bonus Plan(1)

10.9

 

Form of Tax Agreement Relating to S Corporation Distributions by the Registrant and its shareholders(1)

10.10

 

Willdan Group, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan(1)

10.11

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement(1)

10.12

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement(1)

10.13

 

Willdan Group, Inc. 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan(1)

10.14

 

Office Lease by and between Spectrum Waples Street, LLC, a California limited liability company, Spectrum Lambert Plaza, LLC, a California limited liability company and The Willdan Group of Companies dated October 15, 2004 for the principal office located at 2401 East Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.15

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Directors and Officers(1)

10.16

 

First Amendment to Lease by and between 2401 Katella, LLC and The Willdan Group of Companies dated February 27, 2006 for the principal office located at 2401 Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)
     

II-7



10.17

 

Second Amendment to Lease by and between 2401 Katella, LLC and The Willdan Group of Companies dated March 6, 2006 for the principal office located at 2401 Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.18

 

Employment Agreement (Re-stated) between the Registrant and Mallory McCamant dated August 1, 2006(1)

10.19

 

Form of Warrant Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.

10.20

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and Linda Heil

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant(1)

23.1

 

Consent of Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

24.1

 

Power of Attorney(1)

(1)
Previously filed.

II-8




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
Projected Changes in State Populations: 2000 to 2030
Federal Department of Homeland Security Grant Program—Fiscal Year 2006
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
WILLDAN GROUP, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries) Consolidated Balance Sheets
WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries) Consolidated Statements of Operations
WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries) Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Common Stock
WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (Successor to The Willdan Group of Companies and Subsidiaries) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 1.1

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.
3,220,000 Shares*
Common Stock
($0.01 par value per share)


Underwriting Agreement


*
Includes 420,000 shares subject to an option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments.

            , 2006

Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.
    as Representative of the several
    Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
c/o Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.
1000 Wilshire Boulevard, 10th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90017

Dear Sirs:

        Willdan Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (collectively, the "Underwriters") an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company ("Common Stock"), and the stockholder of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the "Selling Stockholder") proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of 800,000 shares of Common Stock. The aggregate of 2,800,000 shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder is herein called the "Firm Shares." In addition, the Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 420,000 shares (the "Optional Shares") of Common Stock from the Company for the purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares which the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 3 hereof are herein collectively called the "Shares."

        The Company hereby acknowledges that, in connection with the proposed offering of the shares, it has requested Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. to administer a directed share program (the "Directed Share Program") under which up to 280,000 Firm Shares, or 10% of the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters (the "Reserved Shares"), shall be reserved for sale by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. at the initial public offering price to the Company's officers, directors, employees and consultants and other persons having a relationship with the Company as designated by the Company (the "Directed Share Participants") as part of the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The number of Shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that Directed Share Participants purchase Reserved Shares. The Underwriters may offer any Reserved Shares not purchased by Directed Share Participants to the general public on the same basis as the other Shares being issued and sold hereunder. The Company has supplied Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. with the names, addresses and telephone number of the individuals or other entities which the Company has designated to be participants in the Directed Share Program. It is understood that any number of those so designated to participate in the Directed Share Program may decline to do so.



        1.    Representations and Warranties.    

2


3


4


5


6


7


8


9


10


        2.    Shares Subject to Sale.    On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

11


        The Company, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to 420,000 Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Company as set forth in Schedule II hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice (the "Election Notice") from Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery or, unless Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

        3.    Offering.    Upon the authorization by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

        4.    Closing.    Certificates in definitive form for the Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, and in such denominations and registered in such names as Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. may request upon at least forty-eight hours' prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder to Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by such Underwriter or on its behalf of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of same day funds to the account specified by the Company and the Custodian, as their interests may appear, all at the office of Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc., 1000 Wilshire Boulevard, 10th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90017. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., Eastern time, on            , 2006 or such other time and date as Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., Eastern time, on the date specified by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. in the Election Notice, or at such other time and date as Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the "First Time of Delivery," such time and

12



date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the "Second Time of Delivery," and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a "Time of Delivery." Such certificates will be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to each Time of Delivery at such location as Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. may specify. If the Underwriters so elect, delivery of the Shares may be made by credit through full fast transfer to the accounts at The Depository Trust Company designated by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.

        5.    Covenants of the Company.    The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

13


14


        6.    Free Writing Prospectuses.    Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of Wedbush Morgan Securities, Inc., and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and Wedbush Morgan Securities, Inc., it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or that would otherwise constitute a "free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and Wedbush Morgan Securities, Inc. is hereinafter referred to as a "Permitted Free Writing Prospectus." The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an "issuer free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 165 and Rule 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company represents that is has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

15


        7.    Expenses.    The Company and the Selling Stockholder covenant and agree with one and another and the several Underwriters that (a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of reproducing any Agreement Among Underwriters, this Agreement, any Blue Sky memoranda and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses and filing fees in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(c) hereof and securing any required review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Shares, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and review and in connection with any Blue Sky memoranda; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares with the Nasdaq Global Market; (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any "road show" undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the employees, officers and representatives (other than the Underwriters) of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show with the Company's consent; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section and (b) the Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the Selling Stockholder's obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for the Selling Stockholder, (ii) the fees and expenses of the Attorneys-in-Fact and the Custodian, and (iii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. In connection with clause (b)(iii) of the preceding sentence, Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. agrees to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees and expenses of their counsel, except as provided in this Section, Section 9 and Section 12 hereof and stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them.

        8.    Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations.    The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and of the Selling Stockholder herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have performed all of their respective obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

16


17


18


If the Company shall fail, refuse or be unable at the Time of Delivery to perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder or if any other condition of the Underwriters' obligations is not fulfilled, then this Agreement shall be prevented from becoming effective without any liability on the part of any of the Underwriters. No action taken pursuant to this Section 8 shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of any default by the Company of the provisions of this Agreement which occurred prior to the Underwriters' termination.

        9.    Indemnification and Contribution.    

19


20


21


        10.    Termination.    

22


        11.    Survival.    The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or the Selling Stockholder or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of the Selling Stockholder and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

        12.    Expenses on Termination.    If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall then have no liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Section 7 and Section 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason this Agreement is terminated, or the transactions contemplated hereby shall not have been consummated due to any of the conditions set forth in Section 8 hereof not having been met, or the Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc., including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in Section 7 and Section 9 hereof.

23



        13.    Notice.    In all dealings hereunder, Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters; and in all dealings with the Selling Stockholder hereunder, Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. and the Underwriters shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of the Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholder.

        All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the Underwriters in care of Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc., 1000 Wilshire Boulevard, 10th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90017, Attention: Equity Capital, Markets; if to the Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for the Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Chief Financial Officer; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriter's Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. on request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

        14.    Information Provided by the Underwriters and the Selling Stockholder.    

        15.    Governing Law and Dispute Resolution.    

24


        16.    Miscellaneous.    

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

25


        If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us three counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters and the Company, and the Selling Stockholder. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in an Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholder for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signors thereof.

        Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney in Fact for the Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney in Fact by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney which authorizes such Attorney in Fact to take such action.

    Very truly yours,

 

 

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 
       
Name:
Title:

 

 

THE 1994 DAN W. HEIL AND LINDA LEE HEIL
REVOCABLE TRUST, as Selling Stockholder

 

 

By:

 

 
       

 

 

Name:

 

 
       
Attorney-in-Fact

26


Accepted as of the date hereof
WEDBUSH MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
   

By:

 

 

 

 
   
(Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. on
behalf of each of the Underwriters)
Name:
Title:
   

27



SCHEDULE I

 
  Total Number
of Firm Shares
to be Purchased

  Number of
Optional Shares
to be Purchased
if Maximum
Option Exercised

Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.        

 

 

 

 

 
   
 
TOTAL   2,800,000   420,000

28



SCHEDULE II

 
  Total Number
of Firm Shares
to be Sold

  Number of
Optional Shares
to be Sold
if Maximum
Option Exercised

The Company   2,000,000   420,000
The Selling Stockholder        
  The 1994 Dan W. Heil and Linda Lee Heil Revocable Trust(1)   800,000  
   
 
TOTAL   2,800,000   420,000
   
 

(1)
The Selling Stockholder is represented by Snell & Wilmer L.L.P., and has appointed Mallory McCamant and Win Westfall as the Attorneys-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholder. The address for the Selling Stockholder is Mrs. Linda Heil, Trustee, 1994 Dan W. Heil and Linda Lee Heil Revocable Trust, 1670 Amate Drive, La Habra Heights, California 90631.

29



SCHEDULE III(a)

30



SCHEDULE III(b)

31



ANNEX I

Form of Warrant Agreement

Annex I1



ANNEX II

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

                        , 2006

Wedbush Morgan Securities
As Representative of the Several Underwriters
1000 Wilshire Boulevard, 10th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Each of the undersigned, a holder of common stock (the "Common Stock"), or rights to acquire Common Stock, of Willdan Group, Inc. (the "Company") understands that you, as Representative of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") with the Company, providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriters"), of shares of Common Stock of the Company. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

        In consideration of the Underwriters' agreement to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and to proceed with the Public Offering of the Common Stock, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the undersigned (sometimes referred to herein individually as a "Holder") hereby agrees for the benefit of the Company, you and the other Underwriters that, without the prior written consent of Wedbush Morgan Securities on behalf of the Underwriters, such Holder will not, commencing on the date (the "Effective Date") on which the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") declares effective the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission in connection with the Public Offering through and including the period ending 180 days (the "Lock-Up Period") after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the "Prospectus"), directly or indirectly, (1) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, with respect to any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock (the "Securities"), (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or any such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (1) or (2) above (any transaction specified in clause (1), (2) or (3), being a "Transfer"). In addition, each of the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Wedbush Morgan Securities on behalf of the Underwriters, such Holder will not, commencing on the date hereof through and including the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Securities. The foregoing shall not apply to (a) the sale of any Securities directly to the Company, (b) Securities to be transferred by gift, will or intestacy, (c) the sale of any Securities to be sold pursuant to the Prospectus, (d) Securities transferred to any custodian or trustee for the account of the undersigned or such undersigned's immediate family or (e) Securities transferred to partners, members, shareholders or affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned; provided that for clauses (b), (d) and (e), any transferee agrees in

Annex II-1


writing to be bound by the terms hereof. "Immediate family" as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the period that begins on the date that is 17 calendar days before the last day of the Lock-Up Period and ends on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (y) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed in this Letter Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 18 calendar days after the date of such issuance of the earnings release or the material news or the material event occurs; provided, however, that this sentence shall not apply if the research published or distributed on the Company is compliant under Rule 139 of the Securities Act and the Company's securities are actively traded as defined in Rule 101(c)(1) of Regulation M of the Exchange Act.

        In addition, each of the undersigned will not, commencing on the date hereof until the Effective Date, directly or indirectly Transfer any Securities to any transferee other than the Company, unless such transferee of such Transfer agrees in writing to be bound by the terms hereof.

        In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the Securities, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

        Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that such Holder has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

        Each of the undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by November 30, 2006, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement.

        Each of the undersigned, whether or not participating in the Offering, understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

        This Letter Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The obligations of the undersigned are several and not joint.

Annex II-2



        This lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

    Very truly yours,
       
   
(Name of Stockholder—Please Print)
       
   
(Signature)
       
   
(Name of Signatory if Stockholder is an entity—Please Print)
       
   
(Title of Signatory if Stockholder is an entity—Please Print)

 

 

Address:

 
     
       
   
       
   

Annex II-3




QuickLinks

SCHEDULE I
SCHEDULE II
SCHEDULE III(a)
SCHEDULE III(b)
ANNEX I
ANNEX II LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.1

[GRAPHIC]   Number   Shares   [GRAPHIC]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    COMMON STOCK   COMMON STOCK    

LOGO

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

    CUSIP 96924N 10 0
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


THIS CERTIFIES THAT

is the record holder of


FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01, OF

[GRAPHIC]   Willdan Group, Inc.   [GRAPHIC]

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

        WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:            

 

 

/s/
ROY L. GILL
VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY

 

[GRAPHIC]
WILLDAN GROUP, INC.
CORPORATE
SEAL
FEB 13,
2006
DELAWARE

 

/s/
WIN WESTFALL
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED
    U.S. STOCK TRANSFER CORPORATION
    TRANSFER AGENT
AND REGISTRAR,

 

 

By

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

THOMAS GREG & SONS


        The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM     as tenants in common   UNIF GIFTMIN ACT–     Custodian      
TEN ENT     as tenants by the entireties    
     
 
JTTEN     as joint tenants with right of     (Cust)       (Minor)  
        survivorship and not as     under Uniform Gifts to Minors  
        tenants in common     Act          
                 
(State)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIF TRF MIN ACT–

 

 

Custodian (until age

)
             
(Cust)
     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under Uniform Transfer

 
             
     
              (Minor)          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to Minors Act

 

 

 

 

 
                 
 
                  (State)
 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value received,                        hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
   

   
     

   

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE







 

 
    Shares

of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint



 

 
    Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated            
   
       
        X    
           

 

 

 

 

X

 

 
           
        NOTICE:   THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

By  
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 5.1


Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
600 Anton Boulevard
Suite 1400
Costa Mesa, California 92626-7689
TELEPHONE: (714) 427-7000
FACSIMILE: (714) 427-7799

September 19, 2006

Willdan Group, Inc.
2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300
Anaheim CA 92806

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as counsel to Willdan Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), relating to the proposed registration by the Company of up to 3,220,000 shares of the Company's common stock that may be sold by the Company and a selling security holder (the "Shares"), as described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company on August 9, 2006 (the "Registration Statement") with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), as amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on September 19, 2006 (the "Amendment"). In connection with this opinion, and as such counsel, we have examined and relied upon, originals or copies of the following documents (the "Documents"):

        For the purposes of rendering this opinion, we have examined originals or certified photo static copies of such other corporate records, agreements, instruments and other documents of the Company as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth. In all such examinations, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of original and certified documents and the conformity to original or certified documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed or reproduction copies. As to various questions of fact relevant to the opinions expressed herein, we have relied upon, and assume the accuracy of, certificates and oral or written statements and other information of or from representatives of the Company and others.

        Based on the foregoing, and subject to applicable state securities laws, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, assuming certificates representing the previously issued Shares have been duly executed and delivered by the Company to the holders of such Shares, and upon payment for and delivery of those Shares subject to issuance and sale by the Company and the countersigning of the certificate or certificates representing such Shares by a duly authorized signatory of the registrar for the Company's Common Stock, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.



        We express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting these laws. We assume no obligation to supplement this letter if any applicable laws change after the date of this letter with possible retroactive effect, or if any facts or events occur or come to our attention after the date of this letter that might change any of the opinions expressed above.

        We consent to the filing of this legal opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name under the headings "Legal Matters" in the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement and "Legal Matters" in any prospectus supplement that will form a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby concede that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the SEC thereunder. This opinion is furnished by us, as counsel to the Company, in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and, except as provided in this paragraph, is not to be used, circulated or quoted for any other purpose.




QuickLinks

Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. 600 Anton Boulevard Suite 1400 Costa Mesa, California 92626-7689 TELEPHONE: (714) 427-7000 FACSIMILE: (714) 427-7799

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.19

        THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND IS A RESTRICTED SECURITY (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OR REGULATION S THEREUNDER.

        THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

        NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, PURSUANT TO SECTION 9 OF THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, HYPOTHECATED OR ASSIGNED TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY EXCEPT OFFICERS OR PARTNERS OF THE WARRANTHOLDER AND MEMBERS OF THE SELLING GROUP IN THE PUBLIC OFFERING BY THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH WHICH THIS WARRANT WAS ISSUED AND/OR THE OFFICERS OR PARTNERS OF THE MEMBERS OF SUCH SELLING GROUP.

                        , 2006

WARRANT AGREEMENT

To Subscribe for and Purchase Common Stock of
WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., PACIFIC TIME, ON                        , 2011,
OR IF NOT A BUSINESS DAY, AS DEFINED HEREIN, AT
5:00 P.M., PACIFIC TIME, ON THE
IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING BUSINESS DAY

        THIS CERTIFIES that, for and in consideration of $.001 per Warrant Share (as defined below), WEDBUSH MORGAN SECURITIES INC., or registered assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from WILLDAN GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company"), at the price of $             [120% of the price to public] per share (such price, as from time to time to be adjusted as hereinafter provided, being hereinafter called the "Warrant Price"), at any time and from time to time but not earlier than the Commencement Date (as defined below) or later than the Expiration Date (as defined below), up to 280,000 fully paid, nonassessable shares (the "Warrant Shares") of Common Stock, no par value, of the Company ("Common Stock"), subject, however, to the



provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, including without limitation the provisions of Section 3 hereof. "Commencement Date" shall mean                        , 2008 [second anniversary of this Warrant] or, if the Company shall have filed prior to                        , 2008 [second anniversary of this Warrant], a registration statement to register under the rules and regulations (the "Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") for sale by the Company shares of Common Stock or securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (including pursuant to a stock option, employee stock purchase or other employee benefit or similar plan, or in connection with a merger or an acquisition), the Commencement Date shall be the later of                         , 2007 [first anniversary of this Warrant] and the date such registration statement is filed. The Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give written notice to the Warrantholders of the filing of any such registration statement. "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M., Pacific time, on                         , 2011 [fifth anniversary of this Warrant], or if not a Business Day, as defined herein, at 5:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the immediately preceding business day. "Business Day" shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized by law to remain closed.

Section 1.    Exercise of Warrant

2


Section 2.    Adjustment of Number of Shares

        Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price for any stock dividend or distribution or any subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock as provided in Section 3, the Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares (calculated to the nearest tenth of a share) obtained by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment.

Section 3.    Adjustment of Warrant Price

        The Warrant Price and the number and kind of shares issuable hereunder shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as provided in this Section 3.

3


4


5


6


Section 4.    Registration Rights

7


8


9


10


Section 5.    Notices of Record Dates

11


then and in each such event the Company will give notice to the Warrantholder specifying (i) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, and (ii) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock will be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be given at least twenty (20) days and not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date therein specified, and such notice shall state that the action in question or the record date is subject to the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act or to a favorable vote of shareholders, if either required.

Section 6.    No Shareholder Rights or Liabilities

        This Warrant shall not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company. No provision hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Warrantholder, to purchase shares of Common Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Warrantholder shall give rise to any liability of such Warrantholder for the Warrant Price or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

Section 7.    Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrant

        If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms (including but not limited to requiring an indemnity) as it may in its discretion reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

Section 8.    Notices

        Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand-delivered to the other party; (b) when received when sent by facsimile at the address and number set forth below; (c) three Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail with first class or certified mail receipt requested postage prepaid and addressed to the other party as set forth below; or (d) the next Business Day after deposit with a national overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties as set forth below with next-business-day delivery

12



guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider.

To Company:   To Warrantholder:

Willdan Group, Inc.
2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300
Anaheim, CA 92806
Phone (800)-424-9144
Fax (714) 940-4920
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.
1000 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Phone (213) 688-4367
Fax (213) 688-6642
Attention: Jonathan Howe, Managing Director

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice to Company, to:

 

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to Warrantholder, to:

Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
699 Anton Boulevard, Suite 1400
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Phone (714) 427-7000
Fax (714) 427-7799
Attention: James J. Scheinkman, Esq.

 

O'Melveny & Myers LLP
400 South Hope Street
Suite 1400
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Phone (213) 430-6000
Fax (213) 430-6407
Attention: Richard A. Boehmer, Esq.

        Each person making a communication hereunder by facsimile shall promptly confirm by telephone to the person to whom such communication was addressed each communication made by it by facsimile pursuant hereto but the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of any such communication. A party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional addresses, for purposes of this Section 8 by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

Section 9.    Restrictions on Transfer

        Until after the Commencement Date, this Warrant may not be sold, transferred, hypothecated or assigned to any other person or entity except officers or partners of the Warrantholder and members of the selling group in the public offering by the Company in connection with which this Warrant was issued and/or the officers or partners of the members of such selling group. Certificates representing this Warrant shall bear a legend setting forth the foregoing restriction.

Section 10.    Amendments and Waivers

        This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

Section 11.    Severability

        If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Warrant is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Warrant shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

13



Section 12.    Governing Law/Dispute Resolution

        (a)   The corporate laws of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, this Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles of such state.

        (b)   Any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Warrant Agreement shall be finally resolved by arbitration before the NASD. The location for an arbitration hearing shall be in Los Angeles as the NASD may provide.

Section 13.    Headings

        The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof.

Section 14.    Counterparts

        For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts of this Warrant may be executed by the parties hereto and each such executed counterpart shall be, and shall be deemed to be, an original instrument.

Section 15.    Entire Agreement

        This Warrant, together with all the exhibits attached hereto, contains the sole and entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the entire subject matter of this Warrant, and any and all prior discussions, negotiations, commitments and understandings, whether oral or otherwise, related to the subject matter of this Warrant are hereby merged herein.

[signature page follows]

14


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Warrant on and as of the day and year first above written.

WARRANTHOLDER   COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 
By:     By:  
 
   


Printed Name

 


Printed Name


Managing Director

 


Title

S-1


SUBSCRIPTION FORM

(To be executed upon exercise of this Warrant)

Willdan Group, Inc.:

        The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchaser represented by the within Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,                         shares of Common Stock, as provided for therein, and either tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full in the form of cash or a certified or official bank check in the amount of $                        or, if the undersigned elects pursuant to Section 1(b) or 1(c) of the within Warrant to pay the Warrant Price with Common Stock, the undersigned exercises the within Warrant by exchange under the terms of Section 1(b) or 1(c).

        Please issue a certificate or certificates for such Common Stock in the name of, and pay any cash for any fractional share to:

    Name  
     
    (Please print Name, Address and Social Security No.)

 

 

 

 
    Signature  
     
    Note:    The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the first page of this Warrant or with the name of the assignee appearing in the assignment form below.

        If said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable under the within Warrant, a new Warrant is to be issued in the name of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the shares purchasable thereunder rounded up to the next higher number of shares.


ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant)

        For value received                        , hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                        the within Warrant Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                        attorney, to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within-named Company with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below, with full power of substitution in the premises:

Name(s) of Assignee(s)/Address

  No. of Warrants
     
     
     
     

And if said number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants represented by the Warrant, a new Warrant is to be issued in the name of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the Warrants registered by said Warrant.

Dated:                        , 20       Signature      
     
    Note:     The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the face of this Warrant



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.20


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

        This Indemnification Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of                            , 2006, is made by and between Willdan Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and Linda L. Heil, Trustee of the 1994 Dan W. Heil and Linda Lee Heil Revocable Trust (the "Indemnitee").


RECITALS

        A.    On or about the date hereof, the Corporation, the Indemnitee and Wedbush Morgan Securities, Inc. ("Wedbush"), on behalf of the underwriters named therein (the "Underwriters"), have entered into an Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") pursuant to which the Company and Indemnitee are selling to the Underwriters shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to the Company's initial public offering (the "Offering"). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

        B.    In order to agree to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, Wedbush requires that, in the Underwriting Agreement, Indemnitee make certain representations and warranties relating to the Corporation and to agree to indemnify the Underwriters for certain liabilities under the Act in connection with the Offering.

        C.    In order to induce Indemnitee to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and make representations, warranties and covenants to the Underwriters relating to the Corporation, and to agree to indemnify the Underwriters, the Corporation is willing to make certain representations, warranties and covenants to the Indemnitee, and to indemnify the Indemnitee for certain liabilities, all on the terms provided more specifically herein.


AGREEMENT

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

        Section 1.    Representations, Warranties and Covenants.    The Corporation represents, warrants and covenants that (a) the representations and warranties made to the Underwriters by the Corporation set forth in Section 1(b) of the Underwriting Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof and will be true and correct as of the Time of Delivery and (b) the covenants of the Corporation under the Underwriting Agreement to be performed by the Corporation will be fully performed by the Corporation by the time such performance is due under the Underwriting Agreement.

        Section 2.    Indemnification.    


2


        Section 3.    Savings Clause.    If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

        Section 4.    Form and Delivery of Communications.    Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the parties under this Agreement shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

        Section 5.    Nonexclusivity.    The provisions for indemnification and other rights of Indemnitee set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights ("Other Rights") which

3


Indemnitee or Indemnitee's trustees or persons in control of Indemnitee within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act which Indemnitee may have under any other agreements, provision of law, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, the vote of the Corporation's stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, and Indemnitee's rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the trustees, successors and assigns of Indemnitee. The rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be cumulative with, and supplemental to, such Other Rights and shall not be interpreted to restrict or limit such Other Rights, and vice versa.

        Section 6.    Enforcement.    The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable. The Corporation agrees that its execution of this Agreement shall constitute a stipulation by which it shall be irrevocably bound in any court of competent jurisdiction in which a proceeding by Indemnitee for enforcement of Indemnitee rights hereunder shall have been commenced, continued or appealed, that its obligations set forth in this Agreement are unique and special, and that failure of the Corporation to comply with the provisions of this Agreement will cause irreparable and irremediable injury to Indemnitee, for which a remedy at law will be inadequate. As a result, in addition to any other right or remedy Indemnitee may have at law or in equity with respect to breach of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to injunctive or mandatory relief directing specific performance by the Corporation of its obligations under this Agreement.

        Section 7.    Interpretation of Agreement.    It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

        Section 8.    Entire Agreement.    This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement, provided, however, that this Agreement does supersede or affect the Other Rights and all other agreements and documents related thereto as provided above.

        Section 9.    Modification and Waiver.    No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

        Section 10.    Successor and Assigns.    All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, trustees, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

        Section 11.    Service of Process and Venue.    For purposes of any claims or proceedings to enforce this agreement, the Corporation consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the state of California, and waives and agrees not to raise any defense that any such court is an inconvenient forum or any similar claim.

        Section 12.    Governing Law.    This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, as applied to contracts between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall

4



make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than California govern indemnification by the Corporation under these circumstances, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

        Section 13.    Legal Representation.    Indemnitee acknowledges that, although Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. has advised and represented the Indemnitee in connection with the entering into of the Underwriting Agreement, Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. has only represented the Corporation and the interests of the Corporation with respect to the preparation and execution of this Agreement. The Indemnitee acknowledges Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. is not representing the Indemnitee with respect to this Agreement. The Indemnitee further acknowledges that it is entitled to, has been encouraged to and has been afforded the opportunity to consult with its own independent legal counsel of its choice regarding the terms, conditions and legal effects of this Agreement, as well as the advisability and propriety thereof. Indemnitee hereby acknowledges its understanding of, and consent to, the representation of the Corporation by Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. as described above.

        Section 14.    Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

        Section 15.    Headings.    The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

    Willdan Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

By

 

    

    Name:    
    Title:    

 

 

    

Linda Lee Heil Revocable Trust
Linda L. Heil as Trustee of the 1994 Dan W. Heil and
Linda Lee Heil Revocable Trust

5




QuickLinks

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
RECITALS
AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.2


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Willdan Group, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the headings "Experts," "Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data," and "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" in the registration statement and related prospectus.

Los Angeles, California
September 18, 2006




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
600 Anton Boulevard
Suite 1400
Costa Mesa, California 92626-7689
TELEPHONE: (714) 427-7000
FACSIMILE: (714) 427-7799

    James J. Scheinkman
        714.427.7037
jscheinkman@swlaw.com

September 19, 2006

Via Federal Express
Division of Corporation Finance
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549-7010
Mail Stop 7010
Attn.: Pamela A. Long, Assistant Director

RE:
Willdan Group, Inc.
Registration Statement on Form S-1
Filed August 9, 2006
File No. 333-136444

Dear Ms. Long:

        On behalf of our client, Willdan Group, Inc. (the "Company"), we are responding to the comments of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") as set forth in your letter dated September 6, 2006 to Win Westfall, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with respect to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") which was filed with the Commission on August 9, 2006. We are enclosing Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed as of September 19, 2006 (the "Amended Registration Statement") marked to show changes from the Registration Statement. For your convenience, the Commission's comments have been repeated herein in bold, with the Company's response immediately following each of the Commission's comments.

General

1.
We note that you have omitted the price range and number of shares for this offering. To assist you in planning your offering, please be advised that we will need to review the registration statement with this information included prior to effectiveness. We ask that you provide this information and any other non-430A information, including information regarding your capital structure and planned dividend to likely shareholders, as soon as practicable to allow for our review. In addition, note that any preliminary prospectus that is circulated must include all non-430A information, including a bona fide estimated price range.

        The Company has included the requested non-430A information in the Amended Registration Statement.

2.
Please provide us with copies of any graphics or photos you intend to include in your prospectus. Understand that we will review these materials and may have comments on them.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and advises that, other than the Company's logo on the front and back covers of the prospectus, it will not be including any graphics or photos in its prospectus.



Cover Page

3.
Please disclose that you will use a portion of the proceeds of the offering to fund your final S Corporation distribution and that some distribution recipients are officers and directors.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the cover page of the prospectus to include the requested disclosure.

Table of Contents, page i

4.
We note your disclosure that investors "should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus." Please note that if you intend to use any free writing prospectuses once you have a Section 10 prospectus ready, you should consider removing this language since the company would be liable for, and investors would be entitled to rely upon, that information as well.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has removed the sentence "You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus."

Prospectus Summary, page 1

5.
Please revise this section to include a more balanced description of your business. For example, to the extent that you discuss your competitive strengths and business strategy, please balance it by briefly discussing the risks of implementing the strategy.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the Prospectus Summary to include a brief discussion of certain risk factors applicable to its business strategy and strengths.

6.
Please identify the officers, directors, and other insiders who will receive the special dividend and quantify the amount.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the discussion of the use of proceeds in the Prospectus Summary to quantify the aggregate amount of the estimated final S Corporation distribution and the total amount to be received by the Company's directors, officers and significant employees. The Company has also added a cross reference in the Prospectus Summary to "Use of Proceeds," where the Company has included a table identifying those officers, directors and significant employees of the Company who will receive the special distribution, together with the estimated amount of such distribution to each such individual.

7.
Please disclose that you are issuing warrants to Wedbush Morgan Securities in conjunction with this offering.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has included the requested disclosure in "Prospectus Summary—The Offering."

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data, page 5

8.
We note your statement in footnote 3 that investors should not consider Adjusted EBITDA "as a substitute for, or superior to, other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with" GAAP, but that your management believes it is an important measure "because it allows management to focus on what it deems more reliable indicators of ongoing operating performance." Please revise your discussion to clarify whether management considers Adjusted EBITDA a more reliable measure than operating income or, alternatively, what "more reliable indicators of ongoing operating performance" are considered by management as a result of its use of Adjusted EBITDA. Additionally, please augment your disclosure to reconcile your statement that Adjusted EBITDA is "a supplemental measure" and should not be considered as a substitute for GAAP operating income with your subsequent assertion that there are more reliable indicators

2


        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its discussion in footnote 3 to the "Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data" accordingly. The Company also has made conforming changes throughout the Amended Registration Statement as necessary.

Risk Factors, page 8

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry, page 8

9.
We note that public construction projects are generally performed during warm, dry months and that you note the risk presented by weather-related delays in the first risk factor appearing on page 16. If applicable, please include a risk factor that discusses the seasonality of your business.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and supplementally advises the Commission that, while significant adverse weather conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results for a given period, historically, that has not been the Company's experience. The year-to-year impact of adverse weather conditions on the Company's operations has not been material and does not create seasonality with respect to the Company's operations. The Company notes that its work is conducted primarily in states with mild year-round climates, such as California, Arizona and Nevada.

We may have potential liability for shares…, page 17

10.
Please elaborate on the circumstances of the unregistered sales of securities you describe in this risk factor. Explain whether you attempted to meet the requirements of an exemption from registration and what factors may have caused the exemption to be unavailable.

        During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005 and the first month of fiscal year 2006 the Company issued a total of 958,400 shares of its common stock to a total of 63 purchasers. The purchasers comprised a select group of officers, directors, managers and a service provider who, as a group, have had long-standing relationships with and knowledge of the Company and its senior management and board of directors. The offering was pursuant to an established plan of the Company which is described in the Amended Registration Statement. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments—Stock-Based Compensation Expense."

        In connection with the offering, the purchasers were provided financial and other information (including audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2004 and 2003 and a summary of any pending litigation) concerning the Company and were allowed an opportunity to ask questions and receive information from the Company prior to making their investment decisions. Each purchaser represented his or her intention to purchase for investment purposes and not with a view towards any resale. Based on the limited nature of the offering, the sophistication and level of knowledge of the purchasers and their relationships with the Company, together with the provision and access to financial and other information regarding the Company and the restrictions on transfer, the Company believes its offering was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). Additionally, because the offering was pursuant to a compensatory plan, but for the fact that the Company cannot affirmatively determine if it fully complied with the requirement to deliver a copy of the plan to each participant, the Company believes it would have been entitled to rely on the safe harbor contained in Rule 701 promulgated under the Act (and possibly its corollary under California securities laws).

        Under California securities laws, Section 25102(f) of the California Corporations Code provides an exemption from California's qualification requirement for limited offerings and sales to 35 or fewer

3



purchasers, excluding certain "qualified purchasers," which is defined to include directors and officers of the Company and accredited investors, as defined under Rule 501(a) under the Act, and provided certain other requirements are met.

        The Company made a good faith effort to, and reasonably believed that it did, comply with the technical requirements of Section 25102(f), including the 35 purchaser limitation, the pre-existing relationship test and the prohibition on general solicitation. During the due diligence review in preparation for this offering, however, the Company discovered that it may not have satisfied the requirement of limiting the offering to 35 or fewer purchasers, excluding qualified purchasers. As previously noted, directors and officers of the Company and accredited investors may be excluded in calculating the number of purchasers. Because the Company had not sold to more than 35 purchasers in connection with any prior annual offering under this plan, it had not been necessary in the past to review certain regulations promulgated under Section 25102(f) in order to fully examine who qualifies as an excluded purchaser. Upon review of such regulations in connection with the due diligence investigation, the Company discovered that, although certain purchasers were officers, they may not have satisfied the technical definitional requirements set forth in the regulations in order to be classified as an officer for purposes of qualifying as an excluded purchaser.

        While the Company had met all of the other requirements of Section 25102(f) (other than the filing of a notice with the Department of Corporations, which does not affect the availability of the exemption), because the Company could not affirmatively determine as a matter of fact whether it satisfied the 35 purchaser limit, and hence whether the exemption under Section 25102(f) was available, as a matter of best practices, the Company decided to conduct a rescission offer in accordance with applicable California securities laws. The Company conducted the rescission offer in order to limit its potential liability in the event the Company may have violated California securities laws. Each of the 63 purchasers irrevocably elected to reject the rescission offer.

Market and Industry Data, page 19

11.
We note your representations that some of the information in the registration statement is based on information you "have not independently verified" and that you cannot assure investors of the accuracy or completeness of the information. Please note that you are responsible for the entire content of the registration statement and may not include language that can be interpreted as a disclaimer of the information contained in the filing. Please revise accordingly.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has deleted the sentence under "Market and Industry Data" referenced by the Commission in its comment above.

Use of Proceeds, page 20

12.
Please include pro forma financial statements giving effect to the use of proceeds to repay debt and to fund the distribution to shareholders.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and believes that it has complied with the Commission's request. The Company has provided the pro forma (referred to by the Company as "as adjusted") balance sheet information under "Capitalization" and in the tables under "Summary Consolidated Financial And Other Data" which gives effect to the offering of 2,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock less costs related to the offering, the use of proceeds to fund the estimated final S Corporation distribution to stockholders and recognition of a net deferred tax liability resulting from the termination of the Company's S Corporation status.

        With respect to the Company's original plans to use a portion of the proceeds to repay debt, the Company advises the Commission that since the date of the filing of the initial Registration Statement, the Company has paid off the outstanding borrowings under its revolving line of credit with a portion

4



of the $2,250,000 of life insurance proceeds discussed in note 13, Subsequent Events, to the Company's consolidated financial statements. Initially, the Company had also intended to repay approximately $400,000 outstanding under its term loan, but this is no longer the intent. Because the revolving line has been repaid and is not expected to be drawn upon prior to this offering, the Company no longer intends to use any proceeds from this offering to repay debt. The Company has revised its use of proceeds disclosures in the Amended Registration Statement accordingly.

        The Company has also provided pro forma statement of operations information to reflect its income tax provision and net income as if the Company had been a C Corporation rather than an S Corporation for all periods presented. This unaudited pro forma statement of operations information has been added to the face of the Company's historical statements of operations and it is included in "Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

Dilution, page 22

13.
Please revise your disclosure in this section to include pro forma net tangible book value reflecting the final S Corporation distribution to be paid to existing shareholders prior to the consummation of the offering. Please provide this information in the risk factor appearing on page 18 as well.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure under "Dilution" to make it clear that the pro forma (referred to by the Company as "adjusted") net tangible book value reflects the payment of the Company's estimated final S Corporation distribution. The Company has also included the dilution information in the risk factor mentioned in the Commission's comment. The Company also notes supplementally that the final S Corporation distribution will not occur prior to the consummation of this offering, but will be paid shortly after the completion of this offering.

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data, page 23

14.
Please include cash dividends to shareholders in the selected financial data table. Refer to Item 301 of Regulation S-K.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and in response thereto has added to "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" a line item for S Corporation distributions per common share.

Management's Discussion and Analysis, page 26

15.
Please discuss the business reasons for the changes between periods in the sales, direct costs of contract revenues and net income (loss) of each of your segments discussed in Note 9 of your financial statements, along with the amounts shown in the unallocated corporate column. In doing so, please disclose the amount of each significant change in line items between periods and the business reasons for it. In circumstances where there is more than one business reason for the change, attempt to quantify the incremental impact of each individual business reason discussed on the overall change in the line item. See Item 303(a)(3) of Regulation S-K.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the discussions in its MD&A accordingly in response thereto.

Results of Operations, page 31

16.
Please revise your discussion to disclose the extent to which your increases in contract revenues have been attributable to increases in prices/fees or in the volume of services you provide. Please provide this discussion by operating segment for each comparative time period.

5


        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the discussions in its MD&A accordingly in response thereto. The Company supplementally advises the Commission that it is not possible to quantify the amount of revenue increases attributable to increases in volume versus prices/fees. The pricing of each contract is negotiated individually and as such the Company does not have points of comparison. Furthermore, the Company has over 4,000 contracts in place and the pricing for services varies among contracts, customers, service lines and by location. Accordingly, it is not possible to quantify the amount of revenues attributable to increases in prices/fees. The Company, however, has a reasonable basis to believe that the increase in revenues is primarily the result of an increase in volume, due to its significant increase in employee headcount.

Results of Operations, Fiscal Year 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year 2004, page 33

17.
You disclosed that operating income before stock-based compensation and the litigation accrual was 7% of contract revenues for fiscal year 2005. This is considered a non-GAAP measure. Please revise this disclosure to remove these non-GAAP measures or provide the disclosures required by Item 10 of Regulation S-K.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure to remove the reference to the non-GAAP measure.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, page 37

18.
We note your statement regarding "a hypothetical increase in interest rates of 10%, or 80 basis points…" We are familiar with a basis point being equal to 1/100 of 1%. Please advise.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the disclosure to more clearly quantify the impact of a hypothetical increase or decrease in interest rates of 10%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources, page 35

19.
Clarify whether you need the cash you currently have available and the proceeds of this offering to finance your operating activities for the next 12 months, as stated on page 14 in your risk factor entitled "We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms…"

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the referenced risk factor to clarify that it does not need the proceeds from this offering to finance its operating activities for the next 12 months.

Business, page 38

20.
The discussion of your operating segments emphasizes the potential size of each segment within the industry. Please also provide more descriptive disclosure of your operations that would give investors a better sense of your size, market share, and prospects in the geographic and service markets within which you compete. Please revise your prospectus to provide market information in the context of your operations in each segment and to make your operations the primary emphasis of your document. See Regulation S-K, Item 101(c)(i), (x).

        The Company operates in a unique, niche market segment, which makes it difficult to meaningfully quantify the Company's size and market share in its geographic and service markets.

        With respect to the Engineering Services segment, the Company has provided industry data for the five states in which it operates. The Company, however, does not believe there is readily available data defining the market for engineering services provided to small and mid-sized public agencies. The Company offers outsourced services primarily to small and mid-sized public agencies whereas many of its peers provide services to both private entities and public agencies. The Company believes most of

6



the data relating to market size includes services provided to private entities as well as public agencies that are larger than those public agencies that the Company typically serves. The Company believes this industry data would be misleading to investors.

        With respect to the Public Finance Services segment, the Company advises that this is a highly specialized industry for which no market size data is available to the Company's knowledge.

        With respect to the Homeland Securities Services segment, the Company advises that this is a newly created segment and part of an emerging industry for which the Company does not believe there is readily available market size data.

21.
If material, please address the effects of compliance with federal, state, and local environmental laws and other forms of regulation, as well as whether any material portion of your business may be subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of any level of government. See Regulation S-K, Item 101(c)(ix), (xii). We note your discussion of these factors as presenting risks to your financial condition and results of operations in Risk Factors on pages 8-10.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and supplementally advises the Commission that it does not believe the effects of compliance with federal, state and local environmental laws and other forms of regulation are material to its business. The Company is required to comply with various laws, including laws that require that it secure and maintain various business licenses and permits, laws regulating the wages and hours of work of its employees, and laws relating to the payment of withholding taxes. However, the Company does not believe compliance with any of these laws and regulations is significantly different from the operations of other businesses.

        In response to the second half of the Commission's above comment, relating to the renegotiation and termination of contracts, the Company has expanded its discussion under "Contract Structure."

Key Business Strategies, page 44

22.
In the paragraph captioned Expand our business geographically, please explain what you mean by "organic office openings."

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has deleted the word "organic" and replaced it with "new" to clarify the business strategy in question.

Engineering Services, page 45

23.
Clarify whether the "Selected Projects" you describe beginning on page 46 are representative of typical engineering projects, or whether they are among the more significant of your projects. This comment also applies to similar disclosure in the Public Finance Services and Homeland Security Services sections.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the introductory sentence for each "Selected Projects" section in order to clarify that the projects identified in each such section are representative of typical projects for each segment.

Competition, page 52

24.
Please revise your discussion under this heading to discuss competitive conditions in California and the other geographic markets in which you operate. We note your statement that competition varies by geography, and your explanations of how it varies by client sector and business area.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the discussion in response thereto.

7



Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees, page 55

25.
We note that you will appoint an additional director prior to completion of the offering. Once that person is nominated or chosen to become a director, please identify him or her in the registration statement, as required by Item 401, and provide the consent required by Rule 438 of Regulation C.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and advises the Commission that, since the date of the filing of the initial Registration Statement the Company located two director candidates, Keith W. Renken and Chell Smith, both of whom satisfy Nasdaq's independence requirements. Each of these two candidates has been appointed to our board of directors to fill vacancies created by the voluntary resignations of Richard Kopecky and Anthony Gonsalves. The Company has included the required disclosure in the Amended Registration Statement for each new director. Because the two new directors have been elected to the Company's board, no consent for director nominees was filed pursuant to Rule 438. The Company notes that the two new directors signed the Amended Registration Statement.

26.
We note the disclosure that you have provided regarding Mrs. Heil. Please understand that the prospectus must describe the business experience of each director during the last five years. Please revise the disclosure to discuss Mrs. Heil's principal occupations and employment during such time and the other information required by Item 401(e) of Regulation S-K.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the disclosure to reflect the Commission's comment. The Company hereby informs the Commission that Mrs. Heil has not had any significant business experience, occupation or employment during the past five years. Mrs. Heil was appointed to our board of directors in May 2006 following the passing of her husband Dan Heil, who was a founder of the Company, and most recently its chairman and chief executive officer from 1995 to his passing.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, page 66

27.
Please disclose your 2006 payments to Joe A. Gonsalves & Son to date. See Regulation S-K, Item 404(b).

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure to include the payments to Joe A Gonsalves & Sons to date for fiscal year 2006.

Principal and Selling Stockholders, page 67

28.
Please revise to clarify that all shares issuable within 60 days are reflected in your table. See Exchange Act Rule 13d-3.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure to clarify that the table includes shares that may be acquired within 60 days of June 30, 2006.

Description of Capital Stock, page 68

29.
We note that the information you provide in this section is qualified in its entirety. Because you are responsible for the accuracy of the information in the filing, and because Rule 411(a) permits qualification of information in the prospectus by reference to information outside of the prospectus only in limited circumstances, this qualification is inappropriate. Please remove it.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised the disclosure to remove the qualification language.

8



30.
Please revise to state that you have not designated any series of preferred stock or otherwise issued any shares of preferred stock.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure to clarify that it has not yet designated a series of preferred stock nor issued any shares of preferred stock.

Underwriting, page 72

31.
Disclose the criteria that the underwriters will use in determining whether to consent to waiving the 180-day lock-up agreement.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure in response thereto.

32.
Please expand your disclosure regarding short positions to discuss all of the items noted in Section VIII.A.3. of the staff's Current Issues Outline dated November 2000. The Current Issues Outline is available on our website at www.sec.gov.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has expanded its disclosure to respond thereto.

Financial Statements

General

33.
As noted on page 66, please include the disclosures required by SFAS 57 in the footnotes to your financial statements as well.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has added a new note 10, Other Related Party Transactions, to the Company's consolidated financial statements to include the disclosures required by SFAS 57. The Company advises the Commission that certain of the disclosures contained under Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions have not been included in note 10 because they relate to agreements that the Company contemplates but has yet to enter into or, in the case of the extension of health benefits, are disclosed in note 7, Commitments—Employee Benefit Plans and in the case of personal guarantees for the Company's debt, are disclosed in note 5, Notes Payable and Line of Credit.

Consolidated Statements of Operations, page F-4

34.
Your direct costs of contract revenues represent approximately 40% of contract revenues, which appears to be much lower than many of your publicly traded peers. As discussed on page 28, part of the difference is explained by the payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefit costs that you include only in general and administrative expenses. It also appears, based upon that disclosure, no facility costs or depreciation and amortization are allocated to direct costs of contract revenues. Please also disclose any other expenses that are often allocated to direct costs of contract revenues by other companies that you include in general and administrative expenses. Please tell us why none of these expenses are allocated to your direct costs of contract revenues. Please also disclose in MD&A that neither your direct costs of contract revenues line item nor this line item as a percentage of contract revenue are comparable to other companies, since you exclude the above mentioned items from direct costs of contract revenues and include them in general and administrative expenses instead. Please also revise your footnotes and MD&A disclosure to quantify for each period the amounts often included in direct costs of contract revenues by other companies that you put in general and administrative expenses instead.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its discussion in note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements and the MD&A to expand its description of expenses that are allocated to direct costs of contract revenue. The Company has also explained that its direct costs

9



of contract revenues should not be compared to direct costs or gross margins for other companies, either as a line item expense or as a percentage of contract revenues, because the Company does not allocate certain costs to direct costs of contract revenues that may be so allocated by other companies.

        Regarding the Commission's comment to explain supplementally why certain expenses have not been allocated to direct costs of contract revenues, the Company believes that given the nature of its business its direct costs of contract revenues is best established through application of simple labor hour costs without including certain overhead items such as facility costs, depreciation or amortization, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefit costs. The work schedule of the Company's typical revenue generating employee involves working on a multitude of different client projects with the amount of overhead associated with such projects widely varying depending on the needs of the client. For example, an employee may perform services at the Company's facilities for certain clients, in the field for some clients and on the client's site for others. Having a simplified cost structure without administrative burden enables our managers to rapidly price and account for numerous client contracts they regularly bid on and oversee.

        Regarding the quantification of costs, the Company advises the Commission that it has not quantified in the notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements and MD&A for each period the amounts often included in direct costs of contract revenues by other companies that it instead records as general and administrative expense.    The Company would need to review thousands of contracts and payroll and time records for in excess of 1,000 current and former employees and records regarding where the Company's employees worked on any given day may not be available, which would be necessary to accurately estimate an allocation of facilities expenses and depreciation and amortization. As a result, the Company believes that it is impracticable to provide the Commission's requested quantification. Additionally, the Company does not believe it can determine with reasonable accuracy how other companies address the same variable in their allocations between direct costs of contract revenues and general and administrative expense. For these reasons, the Company has not provided the requested disclosure.

        Finally, because the Company does not view gross margin as material to an investor's understanding of its operating performance, the Company does not think that quantifying the expenses that might be used to calculate a gross margin warrants the time and expense necessary to attempt such analysis, especially in light of the potential uncertainty of deriving an allocation that provides an accurate comparison with other companies.

35.
You disclosed depreciation and amortization expense on a separate line item within general and administrative expenses in your statement of operations. Please disclose that depreciation expense is excluded from your direct cost of contract revenues. Please refer to SAB Topic 11:B.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has added the requested disclosure as the penultimate sentence in the fourth paragraph under Accounting for Contracts in note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

36.
Based on the material difference between your net income (loss) and the pro forma net income (loss) assuming that you are taxed at a 40% effective tax rate, please present the pro forma net income loss on the face of your statement of operations and include a footnote discussing how the pro forma amounts were computed as well. Please refer to SAB Topic 1:B.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has included pro forma net income loss on the face of its statement of operations and added a new note 11 to the Company's consolidated financial statements discussing how the pro forma amounts were computed.

10


Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, page F-7

Accounting for Contracts, page F-9

37.
Please disclose your accounting policy for change orders. Please refer to paragraphs 61 to 63 of SOP 81-1.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosures in note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements under Accounting for Contracts to add the requested disclosure regarding the Company's accounting policy for change orders.

38.
You disclosed under intellectual property that you license the MuniMagic® software under licensing agreements that allow varying levels of access to the software and its data. Please disclose your revenue recognition policy with respect to these licensing agreements. Please refer to SAB Topic 13:A.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and supplementally advises the Commission that only one customer is charged a fee pursuant to its license agreement for MuniMagic. This customer is charged a fee because its access to MuniMagic allows the customer to manipulate its data in addition to merely viewing the data. The annual fee is only $15,000, which is not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Company has also granted access-only licenses to three other customers. Because these three customers may only access the data (which the Company also delivers to these customers in printed form), and do not have the ability to manipulate such data, the Company does not charge these customers a fee under their respective license agreements. Providing electronic access to the data is merely an extension of the Company's service to provide the client with a printout of their data. The Company enters into license agreements with these three customers solely to protect its proprietary rights by maintaining quality controls over its intellectual property.

        Due to the immaterial amount of revenue, the fact that the access-only license agreements are intended to protect the Company's proprietary rights and the fact that electronic access is merely an extension of the Company's services, the Company believes that disclosure of its revenue recognition policy is not material.

11


39.
You disclosed under contract structure that for unit-based contracts, you bill your clients upon delivery of the contract, or in some cases, in advance of the delivery. Please disclose your accounting policy under unit-based contracts when you bill in advance of the delivery.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has expanded its disclosure in note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements under Accounting for Contracts to add a discussion of its accounting policy when the Company bills in advance of the delivery of services.

Leases, page F-9

40.
Please disclose how you account for (a) step rent provisions and escalation clauses and (b) capital improvement funding and other lease concessions, which may be present in your leases. Paragraph 5.n. of SFAS 13, as amended by SFAS 29, discusses how lease payments that depend on an existing index or rate, such as the customer price index or the prime interest rate, should also be included in your minimum lease payments. If, as we assume, they are taken into account in computing your minimum lease payments and the minimum lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term, the note should so state. If our assumption is incorrect, please tell us how your accounting complies with SFAS 13 and FTB 88-1.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has expanded its disclosure in note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements under Leases in response thereto. The Company supplementally advises the Commission that its assumptions regarding accounting for minimum lease payments are correct.

Equipment and Leasehold Improvements, page F-10

41.
You disclosed that equipment is depreciated and amortized over two to five years. Please disclose separately the estimated useful lives of furniture and fixtures, computer hardware and software, equipment under capital leases and automobiles, trucks and field equipment. Please refer to paragraph 5 of APB 12.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has added the additional requested disclosure in note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements under Equipment and Leasehold Improvements.

Note 6—Book Value Stock Purchase Plan, page F-14

42.
You recorded $2.0 million in stock based compensation expense in 2005 for shares of common stock purchased by employees under your book stock plan while you were planning to become a public company. The $2.0 million stock compensation expense recognized represents the difference between the estimated fair value of your common stock and the formula-based price of your common stock. Please tell us and quantify for us how you determined the fair value of your common stock, the formula-based price of your common stock and the $2.0 million stock compensation expense recognized. Please also tell us all of the assumptions used to determine the fair value and formula-based price of your common stock. Please also tell us how you determined the fair value of each issuance of stock-based compensation in 2006 through the date of your response, including the assumptions you used.

12


        The Company notes the Commission's comment and advises the Commission as follows:

        Since it was determined that the stock purchases in 2005 were made in anticipation of an IPO, the Company was required to record an expense equal to the difference between the aggregate price paid for the stock and its aggregate fair value. Prior to this offering, the aggregate price paid for the Company's stock has been determined by a formula set forth in the Company's stock buy/sell agreement. This formula has been used to determine stock value since the Company's inception. To determine the aggregate fair value of the stock to account for its stock based compensation expense in 2005, the Company's board of directors engaged an independent appraisal firm.

Formula-Based Price of Common Stock

        Under the stock buy/sell agreement, the board of directors determines the individuals that may purchase stock and the number of shares these individuals may purchase. The stock price is calculated using a formula in the buy/sell agreement that has been used consistently since the Company's inception for all purchases and re-purchases of stock. The price is determined as of the date that the board of directors awards the stock purchase rights. The formula utilized to determine the price includes no estimates.

        During fiscal year 2005, individuals purchased 953,500 shares of common stock at a price of $3.77 per share, pursuant to awards of stock purchase rights made by our board of directors on February 9, 2005. The formula used to calculate the per-share price is as follows:


Book Value + Adjusted Pretax Net Profit
Shares Outstanding
  =   Price per Share at Previous
Fiscal Year End
11,477,000 + 2,758,000
3,760,640
  =   $3.79 per Share at Dec. 31, 2004

Adjusted Pretax Net Profit   =   Total Weighted Value
15

13


Fiscal Year

  Weight
Factor

  Pretax Net
Profit

  Weighted
Value

2004   5   $ 3,820,000   19,100,000
2003   4   $ 2,905,000   11,620,000
2002   3   $ 1,541,000   4,623,000
2001   2   $ 2,072,000   4,144,000
2000   1   $ 1,888,000   1,888,000
   
       
    15         41,375,000
Adjusted Pretax Net Profit   =   41,375,000
15
  =   2,758,000

        To adjust for the grant date of February 9, 2005, the difference between the per-share price at fiscal year end 2004 and fiscal year end 2005 is allocated on a pro rata basis based on the number of days in the year prior to the grant date. This adjustment is calculated as follows:

Per-Share Price at December 31, 2004   $3.79

Per-Share Price at December 31, 2005

 

$3.62*

Difference

 

$(0.17)

Divided by 365 Days

 

$(0.0005)

Multiplied by 40 Days
(January 1, 2005 through February 9, 2005)

 

$(0.02)

Share Price as of February 9, 2005
($3.79 less $0.02)

 

$3.77

*
Calculated using the same formula as described for 2004 valuation.

Fair Value of Common Stock

        The board of directors engaged an independent appraisal firm to advise it in determining the fair value of the common stock sold in 2005. The firm performed an appraisal of the common stock as of the same date that the Company used to price the shares, February 9, 2005, on a minority, nonmarketable basis, which resulted in a per-share value of $5.87. As of that date, there were 3,760,640 shares outstanding.

        In arriving at the above determination, the appraiser considered various valuation methods. After analyzing the specific facts and circumstances, the merger and acquisition, guideline public company and discounted future benefits methods were selected.

14


        In reconciling the indications of value, it was recognized that earnings and cash flow are the primary sources of future benefits to a business and therefore the most important factors affecting the value of most operating companies. As such, in reconciling the methodologies, a 50% weighting was applied to the combined market-approach methods, and a 50% weighting was applied to the income-approach. Using this weighting, the reconciled indication of fair value was $30.2 million on a minority, fully marketable basis. However, since the Company is privately held, and the stock buy/sell agreement imposes substantial limitations on the marketability of the stock, a discount for lack of marketability must be applied. Additionally, the proposed initial public offering was not assured.

        It was noted that under the stock buy/sell agreement, the Company has the sole right and the obligation to repurchase shares of its stockholders. All purchases and repurchases of the Company's stock are made at the formula price designated in the stock buy/sell agreement. Stockholder liquidity is available only under the terms of the stock buy/sell agreement. Under the buy/sell agreement, the Company has the right to repurchase the stock over a period of ten years or to issue a note payable to the selling stockholder payable over a period of up to ten years. After analyzing available studies and market data on discounts for restricted stock, as well as the limited liquidity offered under our stock buy/sell agreement, the appraiser determined that the overall effect would result in a discount for lack of marketability that was, on the whole, average within the marketplace. A discount for lack of marketability of 27% was selected.

        After applying this discount, the indicated fair value of the business was $22.1 million. With 3,760,640 shares outstanding as of February 9, 2005, the per-share indicated value was $5.87 per share. The board reviewed and discussed the independent firm's proposed valuation and adopted the fair value at a duly noticed and held board meeting.

        Since it was determined that shares purchased in 2005 were purchased in anticipation of an initial public offering, the Company recorded an expense of $2.0 million for stock-based compensation. This amount is the difference between the estimated fair value of the shares purchased and the price actually paid for those shares, and was calculated as follows:

Estimated Per-Share Fair Value   $5.87

Formula Price Paid for Shares

 

$(3.77)
   

Difference per Share

 

$2.10

Multiplied by shares sold in 2005

 

953,500

Total Stock-based compensation expense

 

$2,002,000

15


Issuance of Shares in 2006

        In January 2006, 4,900 shares were issued to four individuals at the price of $3.77 per share. Using the fair value per share of $5.87 determined by the appraisal, this would result in stock-based compensation expense of approximately $10,000, which was deemed to be immaterial and not recorded. The 4,900 shares were sold at the same price as the shares sold in 2005 since the board of directors concluded that these four individuals were unintentionally overlooked when the list of individuals and number of shares for each individual was approved in February 2005. No shares have been issued subsequent to January 2006.

43.
Please tell us how you determined that this common stock could be included in stockholders' equity and did not represent a liability or mezzanine equity.

        All of the Company's common stock is covered by a stock buy/sell agreement as described in note 6 to the Company's consolidated financial statements. This agreement provides the Company with the right to purchase the Company's stock from stockholders and the stockholders with the right to cause the Company to purchase their Company stock.

        Stockholders who wish to sell the stock may tender an offer of the stock to the Company. Termination of employment does not trigger a requirement to sell the stock back to the Company. However, the Company has the right to repurchase any of the stock at any time from any stockholder.

        All purchases of stock by stockholders and repurchases of stock by the Company are priced based on the same formula and there is no vesting period. When a stockholder tenders his or her stock to the Company, the Company has the option to (a) repurchase 100% of such stock in cash immediately, (b) repurchase at least 10% of such stock in cash immediately and then repurchase at least 10% more in cash in each of the following years, (c) repurchase 100% of such stock immediately by paying cash for at least 10% of the stock and issuing an interest bearing note for the balance or (d) agree with the stockholder to another repurchase arrangement.

        The Company's common stock is not mandatorily redeemable within the scope of SFAS 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. The Company's common stock is not within the scope of EITF 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in a Company's Own Stock, as the put feature is an embedded derivative and not a stand alone instrument. Therefore, since the underlying instrument, not considering the buyback feature, would be equity classified, equity classification of the Company's common stock would be appropriate. EITF Topic No. D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities, requires temporary equity classification as the redemption feature is not solely within the control of the issuer.

        In response to the Commission's comment, the Company has removed the reference to "total liabilities" and changed "stockholders' equity" to "redeemable common stock" in its consolidated balance sheets and in the financial data included in "Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" so as not to imply that the Company's redeemable common stock is permanent equity. The Company also parenthetically included the total redemption amount of the redeemable common stock on its consolidated balance sheets.

44.
As noted on page 17, please separately address how you determined that it was appropriate to include the common stock issued between September 2005 and January 2006 in permanent equity in periods prior to the expiration of the rescission offer.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised note 12 (formerly note 10) to the Company's consolidated financial statements, Contingencies, to add a discussion regarding the rescission offer conducted by the Company in July 2006.

16



        Supplementally, the Company advises the Commission that the Company considers the common stock issued between September 2005 and January 2006 to be temporary equity since it is redeemable. Since this stock is not manditorily redeemable, it is not classified as a liability. As described in the response to the Commission's comment number 43, the Company has made changes so as not to imply that the Company's redeemable common stock is permanent equity.

Note 9—Segment Information, page F-17

45.
You disclosed that you are organized as a holding company with five subsidiary companies. You also disclosed that your legal entities fall within three operating segments; however, due to quantitative thresholds only two entities meet the definition of reportable segments. If actual revenue growth have trended in a materially different manner or if gross margin percentages are materially different we would expect separate presentation of the operating segments in accordance with the guidance in paragraph 17 of SFAS 131. In addition, under the guidance in paragraph 19 of SFAS 131 and EITF 04-10, you can only combine operating segments that do not meet the quantitative thresholds to produce a reportable segment if the operating segments have similar economic characteristics and satisfy the majority of the other five aggregation criteria.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has clarified its disclosure in notes 2 and 9 to the Company's consolidated financial statements to make it clear that the Company has three operating segments. None of these segments was combined with others as a result of not meeting the quantitative thresholds to produce a reportable segment.

46.
Please tell us how you met the aggregation criteria in paragraphs 17 and 19 of SFAS 131 and EITF 04-10 to include each operating segment in the reportable segment you did.

        The Company has three operating segments. Two of the segments consist of separate subsidiary companies. The Engineering Services segment includes three subsidiary companies, Willdan, Arroyo Geotechnical and Public Agency Resources (PARs). These subsidiaries meet the aggregation criteria in paragraph 17 because aggregation into a single operating segment is consistent with the objective and basic principles of SFAS 131. These three subsidiary companies have similar economic characteristics, and are similar in each of the following areas:

47.
You disclosed in the Overview section under Business that you provide a broad range of services to public agencies, including civil engineering, building and safety services, geotechnical engineering, financial and economic consulting, and disaster preparedness and homeland security. Please provide the enterprise-wide product-line and service disclosures for each group of similar service required by paragraph 37 of SFAS 131.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has concluded it is impracticable to gather and aggregate enterprise-wide product line and service disclosures for each group of similar service because the Company does not code its projects by type of product line or service within the Company's accounting records and the Company has thousands of projects. Paragraph 37 of SFAS 131 states, "An enterprise shall report the revenues from external customers for each product and service or each group of similar products and services unless it is impracticable to do so. The amounts of revenues reported shall be based on the financial information used to produce the enterprise's general-purpose financial

17


statements. If providing the information is impracticable, that fact shall be disclosed." The Company has added disclosure, stating that it is impracticable to report enterprise-wide service line contract revenues, to the second paragraph of note 9 to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

48.
Please disclose the types of amounts included in the unallocated corporate column of the net income (loss) line item for each period presented, and disclose why these amounts were not allocated to the other reportable segments. Please also disclose what assets are included in the unallocated corporate column of the assets line item as of each balance sheet date. See paragraphs 31 and 32 of SFAS 131.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has added the requested disclosures in the footnotes to the table that is presented in note 9 to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Note 11—Subsequent Events, page F-19

49.
For your June 30, 2006 interim financial statements, please disclose the statement of operations line item in which you included the gain on insurance proceeds. Please also disclose the statement of cash flows line item in which you included the related cash proceeds.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has disclosed in note 13 (formerly note 11) to the Company's consolidated financial statements that the gain was recorded in the statement of operations under other income (expense). The Company supplementally informs the Commission that the full amount of the gain on insurance proceeds is reflected in the statement of cash flows in the net income (loss) line item and, because $2 million of the proceeds had not been collected by June 30, 2006, the Company recorded a $2 million other receivable in its consolidated balance sheet which predominately accounts for the change noted in other receivables line item in the statement of cash flows.

50.
You disclosed that a court ruling awarded you $1 million in the third quarter that had been previously paid under your liability insurance policy. You also disclosed that you will be able to recover the $1 million amount for purposes of your insurance coverage and deductible since the claim arose in 2002. Since the original claim appears to have been paid by your insurance company under your liability insurance policy based on your disclosures, please revise to clarify why you intend to record a receivable from your insurance company and recognize a reduction in litigation expense. Please also ensure that this disclosure is consistent with the insurance coverage disclosure under risk factors on page 12.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure in note 13 (formerly note 11) to the Company's consolidated financial statements under Litigation to clarify and explain its accounting for the $1 million recovery under its insurance policy. The Company believes that its disclosure in note 13 is consistent with its insurance coverage disclosure under the referenced risk factor in question.

Part II
Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities, page II-3

51.
To the extent that it is possible for you to do so, please identify the exemption you are relying upon for each unregistered sale of securities. In addition, please revise your discussion of the sales to management level employees in 2003 and 2004 to state your reliance on a particular exemption or to otherwise clarify that such sales were "deemed to be exempt" by you.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure accordingly.

18



52.
Please expand your disclosure to briefly state the facts relied upon in claiming exemption from Securities Act registration. See Regulation S-K, Item 701(d).

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and has revised its disclosure accordingly.

Exhibits

53.
We note that you plan to file several exhibits by amendment, including the underwriting agreement and legality opinion. Please note that we will review these exhibits when they are filed and may have comments on them or on related disclosure in the prospectus.

        The Company filed the remaining exhibits with the Amended Registration Statement.

Exhibit 23.2—Consent

54.
Please make arrangements with KPMG LLP to have them also consent to the inclusion of their name in the various places it appears throughout the filing, rather than just the Experts section.

        The Company notes the Commission's comment and the consent of KPMG has been revised in response to such comment.

        If you have any questions regarding the Amended Registration Statement or the above, please do not hesitate to give me a call at (714) 427-7037.

  Very truly yours,

 

Snell & Wilmer

 

/s/ James J. Scheinkman
  James J. Scheinkman
cc:
Win Westfall
Richard A. Boehmer

19




QuickLinks

Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. 600 Anton Boulevard Suite 1400 Costa Mesa, California 92626-7689 TELEPHONE: (714) 427-7000 FACSIMILE: (714) 427-7799